src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 142
 143 protected:
 144     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 145
 146     wxGrid *m_owner;
 147
 148     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 149     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 150 };
 151
 152 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 153 {
 154 public:
 155     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 156     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 157                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 158
 159 private:
 160     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 161     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 162     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 163     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 164     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 165     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 166
 167     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 168     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 169     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 170 };
 171
 172
 173 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 174 {
 175 public:
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 177     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 178                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 179
 180 private:
 181     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 184     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 185     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 186     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 187
 188     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 189     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 190     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 191 };
 192
 193
 194 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 195 {
 196 public:
 197     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 198     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 199                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200
 201 private:
 202     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 203     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 204     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 205     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 206     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208
 209     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 210     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 211     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 212 };
 213
 214 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 215 {
 216 public:
 217     wxGridWindow()
 218     {
 219         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 220         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 221     }
 222
 223     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 224                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 225                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 226                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 227
 228     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 229
 230 private:
 231     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 232     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 233
 234     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 235     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 236     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 237     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 238     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 239     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 240     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 241     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 242
 243     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 244     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 245     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 246 };
 247
 248
 249 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 250 {
 251 public:
 252     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 253         : m_grid(grid),
 254           m_editor(editor),
 255           m_inSetFocus(false)
 256     {
 257     }
 258
 259     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 260     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 261     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 262
 263     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 264
 265 private:
 266     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 267     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 268
 269     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 270     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 271     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 272
 273     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 274     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 275     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 276 };
 277
 278
 279 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 280
 281 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 282     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 283     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 284     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 285 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 286
 287
 288 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 289 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 290 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 291
 292 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 293 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 294 {
 295 public:
 296     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 297     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 298     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 299     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 300
 301 private:
 302     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 303     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 304
 305     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 306 };
 307
 308 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 309 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 310 {
 311 public:
 312     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 313     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 314     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 315
 316     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 317     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 318     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 319
 320 private:
 321     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 322     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 323 };
 324
 325 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 326 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 327 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 328 {
 329 public:
 330     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 331     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 332                            m_colAttrs;
 333 };
 334
 335
 336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 337 // data structures used for the data type registry
 338 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 339
 340 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 341 {
 342     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 343                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 344                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 345         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 346         {}
 347
 348     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 349     {
 350         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 351         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 352     }
 353
 354     wxString            m_typeName;
 355     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 356     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 357
 358     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 359 };
 360
 361
 362 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 363                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 364
 365
 366 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 367 {
 368 public:
 369   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 370     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 371
 372     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 373                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 374                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 375
 376     // find one of already registered data types
 377     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 378
 379     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 380     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 381     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 384     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 385     // registered data type and set params for it
 386     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 387
 388     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 389     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 390
 391 private:
 392     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 393 };
 394
 395
 396 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 397 // conditional compilation
 398 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 399
 400 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 401 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 402 #endif
 403
 404 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 405 // globals
 406 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 407
 408 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 409 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 410     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 411     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 412 #endif
 413
 414 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 415 // constants
 416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 417
 418 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 419 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 420
 421 // scroll line size
 422 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 423 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 424 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 425 //
 426 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 427 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 428 //       -- Robin
 429 //
 430 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 431 //       fixing anyhow
 432 //       -- Vadim
 433 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 434 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 435
 436 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 437 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 438 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 439
 440 #if 0
 441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 442 // private functions
 443 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 446 {
 447     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 448 }
 449
 450 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 451 {
 452     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 453 }
 454 #endif
 455
 456 // ============================================================================
 457 // implementation
 458 // ============================================================================
 459
 460 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 461 // wxGridCellEditor
 462 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 463
 464 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 465 {
 466     m_control = NULL;
 467     m_attr = NULL;
 468 }
 469
 470 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 471 {
 472     Destroy();
 473 }
 474
 475 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 476                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 477                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 478 {
 479     if ( evtHandler )
 480         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 481 }
 482
 483 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 484                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 485 {
 486     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 487     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 488     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 489     if (gridWindow)
 490         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 491
 492     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 493     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 494     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 495
 496     // redraw the control we just painted over
 497     m_control->Refresh();
 498 }
 499
 500 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 501 {
 502     if (m_control)
 503     {
 504         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 505
 506         m_control->Destroy();
 507         m_control = NULL;
 508     }
 509 }
 510
 511 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 512 {
 513     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 514
 515     m_control->Show(show);
 516
 517     if ( show )
 518     {
 519         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 520         if ( attr )
 521         {
 522             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 523             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 524
 525             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 527
 528 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 529 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 530             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 531             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 532 #endif
 533
 534             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 535             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 536         }
 537     }
 538     else
 539     {
 540         // restore the standard colours fonts
 541         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 542         {
 543             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 544             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 545         }
 546
 547         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 548         {
 549             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 550             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 551         }
 552
 553 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 554 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 555         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 556         {
 557             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 558             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 559         }
 560 #endif
 561     }
 562 }
 563
 564 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 565 {
 566     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 567
 568     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 569 }
 570
 571 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     event.Skip();
 574 }
 575
 576 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 577 {
 578     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 579     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 580
 581 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 582     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 583     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 584     alt = event.MetaDown();
 585 #endif
 586
 587     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 588     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 589     // through in that case.
 590     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 591         return false;
 592
 593     int key = 0;
 594     bool keyOk = true;
 595
 596 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 597     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 598     // editor.
 599     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 600         return false;
 601 #endif
 602 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 603     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 604     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 605     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 606     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 607     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 608     if (key <= 127)
 609     {
 610         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 611         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 612     }
 613 #else
 614     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 615     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 616 #endif
 617
 618     return keyOk;
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 622 {
 623     event.Skip();
 624 }
 625
 626 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 627 {
 628 }
 629
 630 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 631
 632 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 633 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 634 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 635
 636 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 637 {
 638     m_maxChars = 0;
 639 }
 640
 641 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 642                                   wxWindowID id,
 643                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 644 {
 645     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 649                                     wxWindowID id,
 650                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 651                                     long style)
 652 {
 653     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 654              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 655              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 656              wxNO_BORDER;
 657
 658     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 659                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 660                                style);
 661
 662     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 663     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 664     {
 665         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 666     }
 667
 668     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 669 }
 670
 671 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 672                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 673 {
 674     // as we fill the entire client area,
 675     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 676 }
 677
 678 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 679 {
 680     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 681
 682     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 683     //
 684     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 685     //
 686 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 687     if (rect.x != 0)
 688     {
 689         rect.x += 1;
 690         rect.y += 1;
 691         rect.width -= 1;
 692         rect.height -= 1;
 693     }
 694 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 695     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 696         rect.x += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.x += 3;
 699
 700     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 701         rect.y += 2;
 702     else
 703         rect.y += 3;
 704
 705     rect.width -= 2;
 706     rect.height -= 2;
 707 #else
 708     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 709     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 710
 711     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 712         extra_x *= 2;
 713         extra_y *= 2;
 714     #endif
 715
 716     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 717     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 718     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 719     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 720 #endif
 721
 722     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 723 }
 724
 725 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 726 {
 727     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 728
 729     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 730
 731     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 732 }
 733
 734 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 735 {
 736     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 737     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 738     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 739     Text()->SetFocus();
 740 }
 741
 742 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 743 {
 744     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 745
 746     bool changed = false;
 747     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 748     if (value != m_startValue)
 749         changed = true;
 750
 751     if (changed)
 752         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 753
 754     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 755
 756     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 757     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 758
 759     return changed;
 760 }
 761
 762 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 763 {
 764     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 765
 766     DoReset(m_startValue);
 767 }
 768
 769 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 770 {
 771     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 772     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 773 }
 774
 775 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 778 }
 779
 780 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 781 {
 782     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 783     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 784     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 785     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 786
 787     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 788     wxChar ch;
 789     long pos;
 790
 791 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 792     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 793     if (ch <= 127)
 794         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 795 #else
 796     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 797 #endif
 798
 799     switch (ch)
 800     {
 801         case WXK_DELETE:
 802             // delete the character at the cursor
 803             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 804             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 805                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 806             break;
 807
 808         case WXK_BACK:
 809             // delete the character before the cursor
 810             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 811             if (pos > 0)
 812                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 813             break;
 814
 815         default:
 816             tc->WriteText(ch);
 817             break;
 818     }
 819 }
 820
 821 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 822                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 823 {
 824 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 825     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 826     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 827     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 828     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 829     Text()->SetValue(s);
 830     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 831 #else
 832     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 833     //
 834     event.Skip();
 835 #endif
 836 }
 837
 838 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 839 {
 840     if ( !params )
 841     {
 842         // reset to default
 843         m_maxChars = 0;
 844     }
 845     else
 846     {
 847         long tmp;
 848         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 849         {
 850             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 851         }
 852         else
 853         {
 854             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 855         }
 856     }
 857 }
 858
 859 // return the value in the text control
 860 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 861 {
 862     return Text()->GetValue();
 863 }
 864
 865 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 866 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 867 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 868
 869 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 870 {
 871     m_min = min;
 872     m_max = max;
 873 }
 874
 875 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 876                                     wxWindowID id,
 877                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 878 {
 879 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 880     if ( HasRange() )
 881     {
 882         // create a spin ctrl
 883         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 884                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 885                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 886                                    m_min, m_max);
 887
 888         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 889     }
 890     else
 891 #endif
 892     {
 893         // just a text control
 894         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 897         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 898 #endif
 899     }
 900 }
 901
 902 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 903 {
 904     // first get the value
 905     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 906     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 907     {
 908         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 909     }
 910     else
 911     {
 912         m_valueOld = 0;
 913         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 914         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 915         {
 916             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 917             return;
 918         }
 919     }
 920
 921 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 922     if ( HasRange() )
 923     {
 924         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 925         Spin()->SetFocus();
 926     }
 927     else
 928 #endif
 929     {
 930         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 931     }
 932 }
 933
 934 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 935                                      wxGrid* grid)
 936 {
 937     bool changed;
 938     long value = 0;
 939     wxString text;
 940
 941 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 942     if ( HasRange() )
 943     {
 944         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 945         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 946         if (changed)
 947             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 948     }
 949     else
 950 #endif
 951     {
 952         text = Text()->GetValue();
 953         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 954     }
 955
 956     if ( changed )
 957     {
 958         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 959             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 960         else
 961             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 962     }
 963
 964     return changed;
 965 }
 966
 967 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 968 {
 969 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     if ( HasRange() )
 971     {
 972         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 973     }
 974     else
 975 #endif
 976     {
 977         DoReset(GetString());
 978     }
 979 }
 980
 981 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 982 {
 983     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 984     {
 985         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 986         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 987              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 988         {
 989             return true;
 990         }
 991     }
 992
 993     return false;
 994 }
 995
 996 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 997 {
 998     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 999     if ( !HasRange() )
1000     {
1001         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1002         {
1003             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1004
1005             // skip Skip() below
1006             return;
1007         }
1008     }
1009 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1010     else
1011     {
1012         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1013         {
1014             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1015             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1016             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1017             return;
1018         }
1019     }
1020 #endif
1021
1022     event.Skip();
1023 }
1024
1025 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1026 {
1027     if ( !params )
1028     {
1029         // reset to default
1030         m_min =
1031         m_max = -1;
1032     }
1033     else
1034     {
1035         long tmp;
1036         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1037         {
1038             m_min = (int)tmp;
1039
1040             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1041             {
1042                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1043
1044                 // skip the error message below
1045                 return;
1046             }
1047         }
1048
1049         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1050     }
1051 }
1052
1053 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1054 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1055 {
1056     wxString s;
1057
1058 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1059     if ( HasRange() )
1060     {
1061         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1062         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1063     }
1064     else
1065 #endif
1066     {
1067         s = Text()->GetValue();
1068     }
1069
1070     return s;
1071 }
1072
1073 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1074 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1075 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1076
1077 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1078 {
1079     m_width = width;
1080     m_precision = precision;
1081 }
1082
1083 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1084                                    wxWindowID id,
1085                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1086 {
1087     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1088
1089 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1090     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1091 #endif
1092 }
1093
1094 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1095 {
1096     // first get the value
1097     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1098     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1099     {
1100         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1101     }
1102     else
1103     {
1104         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1105         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1106         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1107         {
1108             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1109             return;
1110         }
1111     }
1112
1113     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1114 }
1115
1116 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1117                                      wxGrid* grid)
1118 {
1119     double value = 0.0;
1120     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1121
1122     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1123             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1124     {
1125         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1126             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1127         else
1128             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1129
1130         return true;
1131     }
1132
1133     return false;
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1137 {
1138     DoReset(GetString());
1139 }
1140
1141 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1142 {
1143     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1144     char tmpbuf[2];
1145     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1146     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1147     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1148
1149 #if wxUSE_INTL
1150     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1151        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1152 #else
1153     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1154 #endif
1155
1156     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1157          || is_decimal_point )
1158     {
1159         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1160
1161         // skip Skip() below
1162         return;
1163     }
1164
1165     event.Skip();
1166 }
1167
1168 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1169 {
1170     if ( !params )
1171     {
1172         // reset to default
1173         m_width =
1174         m_precision = -1;
1175     }
1176     else
1177     {
1178         long tmp;
1179         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1180         {
1181             m_width = (int)tmp;
1182
1183             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1184             {
1185                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1186
1187                 // skip the error message below
1188                 return;
1189             }
1190         }
1191
1192         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1193     }
1194 }
1195
1196 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1197 {
1198     wxString fmt;
1199     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1200     {
1201         // default precision
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1205     {
1206         // default width
1207         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1208     }
1209     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1210     {
1211         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1212     }
1213     else
1214     {
1215         // default width/precision
1216         fmt = _T("%f");
1217     }
1218
1219     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1220 }
1221
1222 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1223 {
1224     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1225     {
1226         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1227         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1228         {
1229             char tmpbuf[2];
1230             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1231             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1232             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1233
1234 #if wxUSE_INTL
1235             const wxString decimalPoint =
1236                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1237 #else
1238             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1239 #endif
1240
1241             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1242             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1243                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1244                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1245                             keycode == '+' ||
1246                                 keycode == '-' )
1247             {
1248                 return true;
1249             }
1250         }
1251     }
1252
1253     return false;
1254 }
1255
1256 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1257
1258 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1259
1260 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1261 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1262 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1263
1264 // the default values for GetValue()
1265 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1266
1267 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1268                                   wxWindowID id,
1269                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1270 {
1271     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1272                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1273                                wxNO_BORDER);
1274
1275     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1276 }
1277
1278 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1279 {
1280     bool resize = false;
1281     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1282     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1283
1284     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1285     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1286     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1287     {
1288         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1289         size = sizeBest;
1290
1291         resize = true;
1292     }
1293
1294     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1295     {
1296         // leave 1 pixel margin
1297         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1298
1299         resize = true;
1300     }
1301
1302     if ( resize )
1303     {
1304         m_control->SetSize(size);
1305     }
1306
1307     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1308
1309 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1310     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1311     // so shift it to the right
1312     size.x -= 8;
1313 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1314     // here too, but in other way
1315     size.x += 1;
1316     size.y -= 2;
1317 #endif
1318
1319     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1320     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1321     if (GetCellAttr())
1322         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1323
1324     int x = 0, y = 0;
1325     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1326     {
1327         x = r.x + 2;
1328
1329 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1330         x += 2;
1331 #endif
1332
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1341     {
1342         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1343         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1344     }
1345
1346     m_control->Move(x, y);
1347 }
1348
1349 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1350 {
1351     m_control->Show(show);
1352
1353     if ( show )
1354     {
1355         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1356         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1357     }
1358 }
1359
1360 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1361 {
1362     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1363                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1364
1365     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1366     {
1367         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1368     }
1369     else
1370     {
1371         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1372
1373         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1374             m_startValue = false;
1375         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1376             m_startValue = true;
1377         else
1378         {
1379             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1380             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1381             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1382             // know about it
1383             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1384         }
1385     }
1386
1387     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1388     CBox()->SetFocus();
1389 }
1390
1391 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1392                                    wxGrid* grid)
1393 {
1394     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1395                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1396
1397     bool changed = false;
1398     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1399     if ( value != m_startValue )
1400         changed = true;
1401
1402     if ( changed )
1403     {
1404         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1405         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1406             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1407         else
1408             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1409     }
1410
1411     return changed;
1412 }
1413
1414 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1415 {
1416     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1417                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1418
1419     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1420 }
1421
1422 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1423 {
1424     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1425 }
1426
1427 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1428 {
1429     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1430     {
1431         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1432         switch ( keycode )
1433         {
1434             case WXK_SPACE:
1435             case '+':
1436             case '-':
1437                 return true;
1438         }
1439     }
1440
1441     return false;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1445 {
1446     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1447     switch ( keycode )
1448     {
1449         case WXK_SPACE:
1450             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1451             break;
1452
1453         case '+':
1454             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1455             break;
1456
1457         case '-':
1458             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1459             break;
1460     }
1461 }
1462
1463 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1464 {
1465   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1466 }
1467
1468 /* static */ void
1469 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1470                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1471 {
1472     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1473     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1474 }
1475
1476 /* static */ bool
1477 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1478 {
1479     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1480 }
1481
1482 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1483
1484 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1485
1486 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1487 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1488 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1491                                                bool allowOthers)
1492     : m_choices(choices),
1493       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1494
1495 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1496                                                const wxString choices[],
1497                                                bool allowOthers)
1498                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1499 {
1500     if ( count )
1501     {
1502         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1503         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1504         {
1505             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1506         }
1507     }
1508 }
1509
1510 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1511 {
1512     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1513     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1514     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1515
1516     return editor;
1517 }
1518
1519 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1520                                     wxWindowID id,
1521                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1522 {
1523     int style = wxBORDER_NONE;
1524     if (!m_allowOthers)
1525         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1526     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1527                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1528                                m_choices, style );
1529
1530     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1531 }
1532
1533 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1534                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1535 {
1536     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1537     // flicker
1538
1539     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1540     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1541     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1542     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1543 }
1544
1545 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1546 {
1547     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1548                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1549
1550     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1551     if (m_control)
1552         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1553
1554     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1555     if (evtHandler)
1556         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1557
1558     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1559
1560     if (m_allowOthers)
1561     {
1562         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1563         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1564     }
1565     else // the combobox is read-only
1566     {
1567         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1568         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1569         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1570             pos = 0;
1571         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1572     }
1573
1574     Combo()->SetFocus();
1575
1576     if (evtHandler)
1577     {
1578         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1579         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1580 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1581         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1582 #endif
1583     }
1584 }
1585
1586 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1587                                      wxGrid* grid)
1588 {
1589     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1590     if ( value == m_startValue )
1591         return false;
1592
1593     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1594
1595     return true;
1596 }
1597
1598 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1599 {
1600     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1601     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1602 }
1603
1604 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1605 {
1606     if ( !params )
1607     {
1608         // what can we do?
1609         return;
1610     }
1611
1612     m_choices.Empty();
1613
1614     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1615     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1616     {
1617         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1618     }
1619 }
1620
1621 // return the value in the text control
1622 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1623 {
1624   return Combo()->GetValue();
1625 }
1626
1627 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1628
1629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1630 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1631 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1632
1633 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1634 {
1635     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1636     if (m_inSetFocus)
1637         return;
1638
1639     // accept changes
1640     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1641
1642     event.Skip();
1643 }
1644
1645 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1646 {
1647     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1648     {
1649         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1650             m_editor->Reset();
1651             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1652             break;
1653
1654         case WXK_TAB:
1655             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1656             break;
1657
1658         case WXK_RETURN:
1659         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1660             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1661                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1662             break;
1663
1664         default:
1665             event.Skip();
1666             break;
1667     }
1668 }
1669
1670 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1671 {
1672     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1673     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1674     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1675     int cw, ch;
1676     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1677
1678     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1679     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1680
1681     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1682     {
1683         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1684         case WXK_TAB:
1685         case WXK_RETURN:
1686         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1687             break;
1688
1689         case WXK_HOME:
1690         {
1691             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1692             {
1693                 // no special processing needed...
1694                 event.Skip();
1695                 break;
1696             }
1697
1698             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1699
1700             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1701             int colXPos = 0;
1702             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1703             {
1704                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1705             }
1706
1707             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1708             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1709             if (col != 0)
1710             {
1711                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1712             }
1713             else
1714             {
1715                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1716             }
1717             event.Skip();
1718             break;
1719         }
1720
1721         case WXK_END:
1722         {
1723             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1724             {
1725                 // no special processing needed...
1726                 event.Skip();
1727                 break;
1728             }
1729
1730             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1731
1732             int textWidth = 0;
1733             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1734             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1735             {
1736                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1737                 int y;
1738                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1739                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1740
1741                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1742                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1743
1744                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1745                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1746                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1747                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1748                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1749                 {
1750                     textWidth = 0;
1751                 }
1752             }
1753
1754             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1755             int colXPos = 0;
1756             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1757             {
1758                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1759             }
1760
1761             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1762             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1763             colXPos += textWidth;
1764
1765             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1766             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1767             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1768             event.Skip();
1769             break;
1770         }
1771
1772         default:
1773             event.Skip();
1774             break;
1775     }
1776 }
1777
1778 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1779 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1780 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1781 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1782
1783 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1784 {
1785     // nothing to do
1786 }
1787
1788 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1789 {
1790 }
1791
1792 // ============================================================================
1793 // renderer classes
1794 // ============================================================================
1795
1796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1797 // wxGridCellRenderer
1798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1799
1800 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1801                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1802                               wxDC& dc,
1803                               const wxRect& rect,
1804                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1805                               bool isSelected)
1806 {
1807     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1808
1809     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1810     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1811     {
1812         if ( isSelected )
1813         {
1814             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1815         }
1816         else
1817         {
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1819         }
1820     }
1821     else
1822     {
1823         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1824     }
1825
1826     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1827     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1828 }
1829
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1833
1834 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1835                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1836                                                      wxDC& dc,
1837                                                      bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1840
1841     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1842
1843     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1844     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1845     {
1846         if ( isSelected )
1847         {
1848             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1849             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1850         }
1851         else
1852         {
1853             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1854             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1855         }
1856     }
1857     else
1858     {
1859         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1860         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1861     }
1862
1863     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1864 }
1865
1866 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1867                                                wxDC& dc,
1868                                                const wxString& text)
1869 {
1870     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1871     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1872     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1873     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1874     {
1875         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1876         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1877     }
1878
1879     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1880
1881     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1882 }
1883
1884 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1885                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1886                                              wxDC& dc,
1887                                              int row, int col)
1888 {
1889     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1890 }
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1893                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                     wxDC& dc,
1895                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1896                                     int row, int col,
1897                                     bool isSelected)
1898 {
1899     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1900     rect.Inflate(-1);
1901
1902     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1903     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1904
1905     int hAlign, vAlign;
1906     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1907
1908     int overflowCols = 0;
1909
1910     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1911     {
1912         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1913         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1914         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1915         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1916         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1917         {
1918             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1919             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1920             {
1921                 bool is_empty = true;
1922                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1923                 {
1924                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1925                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1926                     if (c_rows > 0)
1927                         c_rows = 0;
1928                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1929                     {
1930                         is_empty = false;
1931                         break;
1932                     }
1933                 }
1934
1935                 if (is_empty)
1936                 {
1937                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1938                 }
1939                 else
1940                 {
1941                     i--;
1942                     break;
1943                 }
1944
1945                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1946                     break;
1947             }
1948
1949             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1950             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1951                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1952         }
1953
1954         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1955         {
1956             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1957             wxRect clip = rect;
1958             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1959             // draw each overflow cell individually
1960             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1961             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1962                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1963             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1964             {
1965                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1966                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1967                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1968
1969                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1970                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1971
1972                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1973                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1974                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1975             }
1976
1977             rect = rectCell;
1978             rect.Inflate(-1);
1979             rect.width++;
1980             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1981         }
1982     }
1983
1984     // now we only have to draw the text
1985     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1986
1987     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1988                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1989 }
1990
1991 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1992 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1993 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
1995 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1996 {
1997     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1998     wxString text;
1999     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2000     {
2001         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2002     }
2003     else
2004     {
2005         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2006     }
2007
2008     return text;
2009 }
2010
2011 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2012                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2013                                     wxDC& dc,
2014                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2015                                     int row, int col,
2016                                     bool isSelected)
2017 {
2018     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2019
2020     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2021
2022     // draw the text right aligned by default
2023     int hAlign, vAlign;
2024     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2025     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2026
2027     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2028     rect.Inflate(-1);
2029
2030     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2031 }
2032
2033 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2034                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2035                                              wxDC& dc,
2036                                              int row, int col)
2037 {
2038     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2039 }
2040
2041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2042 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2043 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2044
2045 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2046 {
2047     SetWidth(width);
2048     SetPrecision(precision);
2049 }
2050
2051 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2052 {
2053     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2054     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2055     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2056     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2057
2058     return renderer;
2059 }
2060
2061 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2062 {
2063     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2064
2065     bool hasDouble;
2066     double val;
2067     wxString text;
2068     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2069     {
2070         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2071         hasDouble = true;
2072     }
2073     else
2074     {
2075         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2076         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2077     }
2078
2079     if ( hasDouble )
2080     {
2081         if ( !m_format )
2082         {
2083             if ( m_width == -1 )
2084             {
2085                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2086                 {
2087                     // default width/precision
2088                     m_format = _T("%f");
2089                 }
2090                 else
2091                 {
2092                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2093                 }
2094             }
2095             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2096             {
2097                 // default precision
2098                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2099             }
2100             else
2101             {
2102                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2103             }
2104         }
2105
2106         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2107
2108     }
2109     //else: text already contains the string
2110
2111     return text;
2112 }
2113
2114 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2115                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2116                                    wxDC& dc,
2117                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2118                                    int row, int col,
2119                                    bool isSelected)
2120 {
2121     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2122
2123     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2124
2125     // draw the text right aligned by default
2126     int hAlign, vAlign;
2127     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2128     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2129
2130     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2131     rect.Inflate(-1);
2132
2133     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2134 }
2135
2136 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2137                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2138                                             wxDC& dc,
2139                                             int row, int col)
2140 {
2141     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2142 }
2143
2144 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2145 {
2146     if ( !params )
2147     {
2148         // reset to defaults
2149         SetWidth(-1);
2150         SetPrecision(-1);
2151     }
2152     else
2153     {
2154         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2155         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2156         {
2157             long width;
2158             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2159             {
2160                 SetWidth((int)width);
2161             }
2162             else
2163             {
2164                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2165             }
2166         }
2167
2168         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2169         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2170         {
2171             long precision;
2172             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2173             {
2174                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2175             }
2176             else
2177             {
2178                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2179             }
2180         }
2181     }
2182 }
2183
2184 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2185 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2186 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2187
2188 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2189
2190 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2191
2192 // between checkmark and box
2193 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2194
2195 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2196                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2197                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2198                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2199                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2200 {
2201     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2202     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2203     {
2204         // get checkbox size
2205         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2206         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2207         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2208
2209 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2210         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2211 #endif
2212
2213         delete checkbox;
2214
2215         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2216     }
2217
2218     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2219 }
2220
2221 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2222                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2223                                   wxDC& dc,
2224                                   const wxRect& rect,
2225                                   int row, int col,
2226                                   bool isSelected)
2227 {
2228     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2229
2230     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2231     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2232
2233     // don't draw outside the cell
2234     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2235     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2236     {
2237         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2238         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2239     }
2240
2241     // draw a border around checkmark
2242     int vAlign, hAlign;
2243     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2244
2245     wxRect rectBorder;
2246     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2247     {
2248         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2249         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2250         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2251         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2252     }
2253     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2254     {
2255         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2256         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2257         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2258         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2259     }
2260     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2261     {
2262         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2263         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2264         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2265         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2266     }
2267
2268     bool value;
2269     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2270     {
2271         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2272     }
2273     else
2274     {
2275         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2276         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2277     }
2278
2279     int flags = 0;
2280     if (value)
2281         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2282
2283     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2284 }
2285
2286 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2287 // wxGridCellAttr
2288 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2289
2290 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2291 {
2292     m_nRef = 1;
2293
2294     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2295
2296     m_renderer = NULL;
2297     m_editor = NULL;
2298
2299     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2300
2301     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2302     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2303
2304     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2305 }
2306
2307 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2308 {
2309     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2310
2311     if ( HasTextColour() )
2312         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2313     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2314         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2315     if ( HasFont() )
2316         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2317     if ( HasAlignment() )
2318         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2319
2320     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2321
2322     if ( m_renderer )
2323     {
2324         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2325         m_renderer->IncRef();
2326     }
2327     if ( m_editor )
2328     {
2329         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2330         m_editor->IncRef();
2331     }
2332
2333     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2334         attr->SetReadOnly();
2335
2336     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2337     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2338
2339     return attr;
2340 }
2341
2342 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2343 {
2344     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2345         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2346     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2347         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2348     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2349         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2350     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2351     {
2352         int hAlign, vAlign;
2353         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2354         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2355     }
2356     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2357         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2358
2359     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2360     // m_renderer/m_editor
2361     //
2362     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2363     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2364     {
2365         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2366         m_renderer->IncRef();
2367     }
2368     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2369     {
2370         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2371         m_editor->IncRef();
2372     }
2373     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2374         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2375
2376     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2377         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2378
2379     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2380 }
2381
2382 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2383 {
2384     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2385
2386     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2387     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2388     // set to negative or zero values such that
2389     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2390     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2391
2392     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2393
2394     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2395                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2396                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2397                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2398
2399     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2400     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2401 }
2402
2403 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2404 {
2405     if (HasTextColour())
2406     {
2407         return m_colText;
2408     }
2409     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2410     {
2411         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2412     }
2413     else
2414     {
2415         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2416         return wxNullColour;
2417     }
2418 }
2419
2420 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2421 {
2422     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2423     {
2424         return m_colBack;
2425     }
2426     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2427     {
2428         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2429     }
2430     else
2431     {
2432         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2433         return wxNullColour;
2434     }
2435 }
2436
2437 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2438 {
2439     if (HasFont())
2440     {
2441         return m_font;
2442     }
2443     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2444     {
2445         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2446     }
2447     else
2448     {
2449         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2450         return wxNullFont;
2451     }
2452 }
2453
2454 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2455 {
2456     if (HasAlignment())
2457     {
2458         if ( hAlign )
2459             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2460         if ( vAlign )
2461             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2462     }
2463     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2464     {
2465         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2466     }
2467     else
2468     {
2469         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2470     }
2471 }
2472
2473 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2474 {
2475     if ( num_rows )
2476         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2477     if ( num_cols )
2478         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2479 }
2480
2481 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2482 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2483 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2484 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2485 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2486 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2487
2488 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2489 {
2490     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2491
2492     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2493     {
2494         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2495         renderer = m_renderer;
2496         renderer->IncRef();
2497     }
2498     else // no non-default cell renderer
2499     {
2500         // get default renderer for the data type
2501         if ( grid )
2502         {
2503             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2504             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2505         }
2506
2507         if ( renderer == NULL )
2508         {
2509             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2510             {
2511                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2512                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2513                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2514             }
2515             else // default grid attr
2516             {
2517                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2518                 renderer = m_renderer;
2519                 if ( renderer )
2520                     renderer->IncRef();
2521             }
2522         }
2523     }
2524
2525     // we're supposed to always find something
2526     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2527
2528     return renderer;
2529 }
2530
2531 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2532 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2533 {
2534     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2535
2536     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2537     {
2538         // use the cells editor if it has one
2539         editor = m_editor;
2540         editor->IncRef();
2541     }
2542     else // no non default cell editor
2543     {
2544         // get default editor for the data type
2545         if ( grid )
2546         {
2547             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2548             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2549         }
2550
2551         if ( editor == NULL )
2552         {
2553             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2554             {
2555                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2556                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2557                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2558             }
2559             else // default grid attr
2560             {
2561                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2562                 editor = m_editor;
2563                 if ( editor )
2564                     editor->IncRef();
2565             }
2566         }
2567     }
2568
2569     // we're supposed to always find something
2570     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2571
2572     return editor;
2573 }
2574
2575 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2576 // wxGridCellAttrData
2577 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2578
2579 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2580 {
2581     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2582     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2583     {
2584         // add the attribute
2585         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2586     }
2587     else
2588     {
2589         // free the old attribute
2590         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2591
2592         if ( attr )
2593         {
2594             // change the attribute
2595             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2596         }
2597         else
2598         {
2599             // remove this attribute
2600             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2601         }
2602     }
2603 }
2604
2605 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2606 {
2607     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2608
2609     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2610     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2611     {
2612         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2613         attr->IncRef();
2614     }
2615
2616     return attr;
2617 }
2618
2619 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2620 {
2621     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2622     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2623     {
2624         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2625         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2626         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2627         {
2628             if (numRows > 0)
2629             {
2630                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2631                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2632             }
2633             else if (numRows < 0)
2634             {
2635                 // If rows deleted ...
2636                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2637                 {
2638                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2639                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2640                 }
2641                 else
2642                 {
2643                     // ...or remove the attribute
2644                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2645                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2646                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2647                     n--;
2648                     count--;
2649                 }
2650             }
2651         }
2652     }
2653 }
2654
2655 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2656 {
2657     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2658     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2659     {
2660         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2661         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2662         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2663         {
2664             if ( numCols > 0 )
2665             {
2666                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2667                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2668             }
2669             else if (numCols < 0)
2670             {
2671                 // If rows deleted ...
2672                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2673                 {
2674                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2675                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2676                 }
2677                 else
2678                 {
2679                     // ...or remove the attribute
2680                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2681                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2682                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2683                     n--;
2684                     count--;
2685                 }
2686             }
2687         }
2688     }
2689 }
2690
2691 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2692 {
2693     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2694     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2695     {
2696         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2697         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2698         {
2699             return n;
2700         }
2701     }
2702
2703     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2704 }
2705
2706 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2707 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2708 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2709
2710 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2711 {
2712     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2713     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2714     {
2715         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2716     }
2717 }
2718
2719 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2720 {
2721     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2722
2723     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2724     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2725     {
2726         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2727         attr->IncRef();
2728     }
2729
2730     return attr;
2731 }
2732
2733 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2734 {
2735     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2736     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2737     {
2738         if ( attr )
2739         {
2740             // add the attribute
2741             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2742             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2743         }
2744         // nothing to remove
2745     }
2746     else
2747     {
2748         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2749         if ( attr )
2750         {
2751             // change the attribute
2752             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2753             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2754         }
2755         else
2756         {
2757             // remove this attribute
2758             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2759             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2760             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2761         }
2762     }
2763 }
2764
2765 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2766 {
2767     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2768     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2769     {
2770         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2771         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2772         {
2773             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2774             {
2775                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2776                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2777             }
2778             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2779             {
2780                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2781                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2782                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2783                 else
2784                 {
2785                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2786                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2787                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2788                     n--;
2789                     count--;
2790                 }
2791             }
2792         }
2793     }
2794 }
2795
2796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2797 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2799
2800 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2801 {
2802     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2803 }
2804
2805 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2806 {
2807     delete m_data;
2808 }
2809
2810 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2811 {
2812     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2813 }
2814
2815 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2816                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2817 {
2818     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2819     if ( m_data )
2820     {
2821         switch (kind)
2822         {
2823             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2824                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2825                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2826                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2827                 if (!attr)
2828                 {
2829                     // Basically implement old version.
2830                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2831                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2833                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2834
2835                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2836                     {
2837                         // Two or more are non NULL
2838                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2839                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2840
2841                         // Order is important..
2842                         if (attrcell)
2843                         {
2844                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2845                             attrcell->DecRef();
2846                         }
2847                         if (attrcol)
2848                         {
2849                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2850                             attrcol->DecRef();
2851                         }
2852                         if (attrrow)
2853                         {
2854                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2855                             attrrow->DecRef();
2856                         }
2857
2858                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2859                         //attr->IncRef();
2860                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2861                     }
2862                     else
2863                     {
2864                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2865                         if (attrrow)
2866                             attr = attrrow;
2867                         if (attrcol)
2868                         {
2869                             if (attr)
2870                                 attr->DecRef();
2871                             attr = attrcol;
2872                         }
2873                         if (attrcell)
2874                         {
2875                             if (attr)
2876                                 attr->DecRef();
2877                             attr = attrcell;
2878                         }
2879                     }
2880                 }
2881                 break;
2882
2883             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2884                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2885                 break;
2886
2887             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2888                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2889                 break;
2890
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2892                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2893                 break;
2894
2895             default:
2896                 // unused as yet...
2897                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2898                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2899                 break;
2900         }
2901     }
2902
2903     return attr;
2904 }
2905
2906 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2907                                      int row, int col)
2908 {
2909     if ( !m_data )
2910         InitData();
2911
2912     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2913 }
2914
2915 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2916 {
2917     if ( !m_data )
2918         InitData();
2919
2920     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2921 }
2922
2923 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2924 {
2925     if ( !m_data )
2926         InitData();
2927
2928     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2929 }
2930
2931 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2932 {
2933     if ( m_data )
2934     {
2935         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2936
2937         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2938     }
2939 }
2940
2941 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2942 {
2943     if ( m_data )
2944     {
2945         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2946
2947         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2948     }
2949 }
2950
2951 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2952 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2953 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2954
2955 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2956 {
2957     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2958     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2959         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2960 }
2961
2962 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2963                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2964                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2965 {
2966     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2967
2968     // is it already registered?
2969     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2970     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2971     {
2972         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2973         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2974     }
2975     else
2976     {
2977         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2978     }
2979 }
2980
2981 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2982 {
2983     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2984     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2985     {
2986         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2987         {
2988             return i;
2989         }
2990     }
2991
2992     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2993 }
2994
2995 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2996 {
2997     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2998     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999     {
3000         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3001         // register it "on the fly"
3002 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3003         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3004         {
3005             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3006                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3007                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3008         }
3009         else
3010 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3011 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3012         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3013         {
3014             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3015                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3016                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3017         }
3018         else
3019 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3020 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3021         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3022         {
3023             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3024                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3025                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3026         }
3027         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3028         {
3029             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3030                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3031                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3032         }
3033         else
3034 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3035 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3036         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3037         {
3038             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3039                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3040                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3041         }
3042         else
3043 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3044         {
3045             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3046         }
3047
3048         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3049         // the last index
3050         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3051     }
3052
3053     return index;
3054 }
3055
3056 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3057 {
3058     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3059     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3060     {
3061         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3062         // are the parameters for the renderer
3063         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3064         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3065         {
3066             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3067         }
3068
3069         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3070         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3071         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3072         rendererOld->DecRef();
3073
3074         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3075         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3076         editor = editor->Clone();
3077         editorOld->DecRef();
3078
3079         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3080         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3081         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3082         editor->SetParameters(params);
3083
3084         // register the new typename
3085         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3086
3087         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3088         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3089     }
3090
3091     return index;
3092 }
3093
3094 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3095 {
3096     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3097     if (renderer)
3098         renderer->IncRef();
3099
3100     return renderer;
3101 }
3102
3103 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3104 {
3105     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3106     if (editor)
3107         editor->IncRef();
3108
3109     return editor;
3110 }
3111
3112 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3113 // wxGridTableBase
3114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3115
3116 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3117
3118 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3119 {
3120     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3121     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3122 }
3123
3124 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3125 {
3126     delete m_attrProvider;
3127 }
3128
3129 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3130 {
3131     delete m_attrProvider;
3132     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3133 }
3134
3135 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3136 {
3137     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3138     {
3139         // use the default attr provider by default
3140         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3141     }
3142
3143     return true;
3144 }
3145
3146 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3147 {
3148     if ( m_attrProvider )
3149         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3150     else
3151         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3152 }
3153
3154 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3155 {
3156     if ( m_attrProvider )
3157     {
3158         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3159         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3160     }
3161     else
3162     {
3163         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3164         // free it now
3165         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3166     }
3167 }
3168
3169 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3170 {
3171     if ( m_attrProvider )
3172     {
3173         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3174         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3175     }
3176     else
3177     {
3178         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3179         // free it now
3180         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3181     }
3182 }
3183
3184 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3185 {
3186     if ( m_attrProvider )
3187     {
3188         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3189         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3190     }
3191     else
3192     {
3193         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3194         // free it now
3195         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3196     }
3197 }
3198
3199 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3200                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3201 {
3202     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3203
3204     return false;
3205 }
3206
3207 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3208 {
3209     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3210
3211     return false;
3212 }
3213
3214 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3215                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3216 {
3217     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3218
3219     return false;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3223                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3224 {
3225     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3226
3227     return false;
3228 }
3229
3230 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3231 {
3232     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3233
3234     return false;
3235 }
3236
3237 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3238                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3239 {
3240     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3241
3242     return false;
3243 }
3244
3245 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3246 {
3247     wxString s;
3248
3249     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3250     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3251     s << row + 1;
3252
3253     return s;
3254 }
3255
3256 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3257 {
3258     // default col labels are:
3259     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3260     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3261     //   etc.
3262
3263     wxString s;
3264     unsigned int i, n;
3265     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3266     {
3267         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3268         col = col / 26 - 1;
3269         if ( col < 0 )
3270             break;
3271     }
3272
3273     // reverse the string...
3274     wxString s2;
3275     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3276     {
3277         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3278     }
3279
3280     return s2;
3281 }
3282
3283 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3284 {
3285     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3286 }
3287
3288 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3289                                      const wxString& typeName )
3290 {
3291     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3292 }
3293
3294 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3295 {
3296     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3297 }
3298
3299 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3300 {
3301     return 0;
3302 }
3303
3304 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return 0.0;
3307 }
3308
3309 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3315                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3316 {
3317 }
3318
3319 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3320                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3321 {
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3325                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3330                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3331 {
3332     return NULL;
3333 }
3334
3335 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3336                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3337                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3338 {
3339 }
3340
3341 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3342 //
3343 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3344 // to the grid view
3345 //
3346
3347 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3348 {
3349     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3350     m_id = -1;
3351     m_comInt1 = -1;
3352     m_comInt2 = -1;
3353 }
3354
3355 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3356                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3357 {
3358     m_table = table;
3359     m_id = id;
3360     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3361     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3362 }
3363
3364 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3365 //
3366 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3367 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3368 //
3369
3370 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3371
3372 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3373
3374 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3375         : wxGridTableBase()
3376 {
3377 }
3378
3379 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3380         : wxGridTableBase()
3381 {
3382     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3383
3384     wxArrayString sa;
3385     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3386     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3387
3388     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3389 }
3390
3391 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3392 {
3393 }
3394
3395 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3396 {
3397     return m_data.GetCount();
3398 }
3399
3400 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3401 {
3402     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3403         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3404     else
3405         return 0;
3406 }
3407
3408 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3409 {
3410     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3411                  wxEmptyString,
3412                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3413
3414     return m_data[row][col];
3415 }
3416
3417 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3418 {
3419     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3420                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3421
3422     m_data[row][col] = value;
3423 }
3424
3425 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3426 {
3427     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3428                  true,
3429                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3430
3431     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3432 }
3433
3434 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3435 {
3436     int row, col;
3437     int numRows, numCols;
3438
3439     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3440     if ( numRows > 0 )
3441     {
3442         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3443
3444         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3445         {
3446             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3447             {
3448                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3449             }
3450         }
3451     }
3452 }
3453
3454 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3455 {
3456     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3457     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3458                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3459
3460     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3461     {
3462         return AppendRows( numRows );
3463     }
3464
3465     wxArrayString sa;
3466     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3467     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3468     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3469
3470     if ( GetView() )
3471     {
3472         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3473                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3474                                 pos,
3475                                 numRows );
3476
3477         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3478     }
3479
3480     return true;
3481 }
3482
3483 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3484 {
3485     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3486     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3487                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3488                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3489
3490     wxArrayString sa;
3491     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3492     {
3493         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3494         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3495     }
3496
3497     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3498
3499     if ( GetView() )
3500     {
3501         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3502                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3503                                 numRows );
3504
3505         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3506     }
3507
3508     return true;
3509 }
3510
3511 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3512 {
3513     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3514
3515     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3516     {
3517         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3518                     (
3519                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3520                         (unsigned long)pos,
3521                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3522                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3523                     ) );
3524
3525         return false;
3526     }
3527
3528     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3529     {
3530         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3534     {
3535         m_data.Clear();
3536     }
3537     else
3538     {
3539         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3540     }
3541
3542     if ( GetView() )
3543     {
3544         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3545                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3546                                 pos,
3547                                 numRows );
3548
3549         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3550     }
3551
3552     return true;
3553 }
3554
3555 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3556 {
3557     size_t row, col;
3558
3559     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3560     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3561                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3562                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3563
3564     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3565     {
3566         return AppendCols( numCols );
3567     }
3568
3569     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3570     {
3571         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3572
3573         size_t i;
3574         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3575             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3576     }
3577
3578     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3579     {
3580         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3581         {
3582             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3583         }
3584     }
3585
3586     if ( GetView() )
3587     {
3588         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3589                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3590                                 pos,
3591                                 numCols );
3592
3593         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3594     }
3595
3596     return true;
3597 }
3598
3599 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3600 {
3601     size_t row;
3602
3603     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3604
3605 #if 0
3606     if ( !curNumRows )
3607     {
3608         // TODO: something better than this ?
3609         //
3610         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3611         return false;
3612     }
3613 #endif
3614
3615     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3616     {
3617         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3618     }
3619
3620     if ( GetView() )
3621     {
3622         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3623                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3624                                 numCols );
3625
3626         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3627     }
3628
3629     return true;
3630 }
3631
3632 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3633 {
3634     size_t row;
3635
3636     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3637     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3638                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3639
3640     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3641     {
3642         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3643                     (
3644                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3645                         (unsigned long)pos,
3646                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3647                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3648                     ) );
3649         return false;
3650     }
3651
3652     int colID;
3653     if ( GetView() )
3654         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3655     else
3656         colID = pos;
3657
3658     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3659     {
3660         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3661     }
3662
3663     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3664     {
3665         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3666         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3667         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3668         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3669         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3670             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3671     }
3672
3673     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3674     {
3675         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3676         {
3677             m_data[row].Clear();
3678         }
3679         else
3680         {
3681             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3682         }
3683     }
3684
3685     if ( GetView() )
3686     {
3687         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3688                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3689                                 pos,
3690                                 numCols );
3691
3692         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3693     }
3694
3695     return true;
3696 }
3697
3698 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3699 {
3700     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3701     {
3702         // using default label
3703         //
3704         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3705     }
3706     else
3707     {
3708         return m_rowLabels[row];
3709     }
3710 }
3711
3712 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3713 {
3714     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3715     {
3716         // using default label
3717         //
3718         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3719     }
3720     else
3721     {
3722         return m_colLabels[col];
3723     }
3724 }
3725
3726 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3727 {
3728     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3729     {
3730         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3731         int i;
3732
3733         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3734         {
3735             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3736         }
3737     }
3738
3739     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3740 }
3741
3742 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3743 {
3744     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3745     {
3746         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3747         int i;
3748
3749         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3750         {
3751             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3752         }
3753     }
3754
3755     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3756 }
3757
3758
3759 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3760 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3761
3762 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3763     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3764 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3765
3766 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3767 {
3768     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3769 }
3770
3771 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3772
3773 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3774     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3775     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3776     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3777     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3778     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3779     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3780 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3781
3782 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3783                                             wxWindowID id,
3784                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3785   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3786 {
3787     m_owner = parent;
3788 }
3789
3790 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3791 {
3792     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3793
3794     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3795     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3796     // set the y coord  - MB
3797     //
3798     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3799
3800     int x, y;
3801     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3802     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3803     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3804
3805     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3806     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3807 }
3808
3809 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3810 {
3811     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3812 }
3813
3814 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3815 {
3816     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3817 }
3818
3819 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3820 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3821 //
3822 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3823 {
3824     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3825         event.Skip();
3826 }
3827
3828 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3829 {
3830     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3831         event.Skip();
3832 }
3833
3834 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3835 {
3836     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3837         event.Skip();
3838 }
3839
3840 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3841
3842 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3843
3844 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3845     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3846     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3847     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3848     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3849     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3850     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3851 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3852
3853 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3854                                             wxWindowID id,
3855                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3856   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3857 {
3858     m_owner = parent;
3859 }
3860
3861 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3862 {
3863     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3864
3865     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3866     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3867     // set the x coord  - MB
3868     //
3869     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3870
3871     int x, y;
3872     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3873     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3874     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3875         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3876     else
3877         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3878
3879     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3880     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3881 }
3882
3883 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3884 {
3885     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3886 }
3887
3888 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3889 {
3890     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3891 }
3892
3893 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3894 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3895 //
3896 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3897 {
3898     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3899         event.Skip();
3900 }
3901
3902 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3903 {
3904     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3905         event.Skip();
3906 }
3907
3908 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3909 {
3910     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3911         event.Skip();
3912 }
3913
3914 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3915
3916 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3917
3918 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3919     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3920     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3921     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3922     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3923     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3924     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3925 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3926
3927 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3928                                                   wxWindowID id,
3929                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3930   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3931 {
3932     m_owner = parent;
3933 }
3934
3935 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3936 {
3937     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3938
3939     int client_height = 0;
3940     int client_width = 0;
3941     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3942
3943     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3944 #if 0
3945 def __WXGTK__
3946     wxRect rect;
3947     rect.SetX( 1 );
3948     rect.SetY( 1 );
3949     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3950     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3951
3952     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3953 #else // !__WXGTK__
3954     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3955     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3956     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3957     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3958     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3959
3960     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3961     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3962     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3963 #endif
3964 }
3965
3966 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3967 {
3968     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3969 }
3970
3971 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3972 {
3973     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3974 }
3975
3976 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3977 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3978 //
3979 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3980 {
3981     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3982         event.Skip();
3983 }
3984
3985 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3986 {
3987     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3988         event.Skip();
3989 }
3990
3991 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3992 {
3993     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3994         event.Skip();
3995 }
3996
3997 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3998
3999 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
4000
4001 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4002     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4003     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4004     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4005     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4006     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4007     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4008     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4009     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4010     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4011 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4012
4013 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4014                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4015                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4016                             wxWindowID id,
4017                             const wxPoint &pos,
4018                             const wxSize &size )
4019             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4020                               wxCLIP_CHILDREN, wxT("grid window") )
4021 {
4022     m_owner = parent;
4023     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4024     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4025 }
4026
4027 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4028 {
4029     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4030     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4031     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4032     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4033     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4034
4035 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4036     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4037 #endif
4038
4039     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4040     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4041 }
4042
4043 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4044 {
4045     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4046     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4047     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4048 }
4049
4050 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4051 {
4052     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4053         SetFocus();
4054
4055     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4056 }
4057
4058 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4059 {
4060     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4061 }
4062
4063 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4064 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4065 //
4066 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4067 {
4068     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4069         event.Skip();
4070 }
4071
4072 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4073 {
4074     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4075         event.Skip();
4076 }
4077
4078 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4079 {
4080     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4081         event.Skip();
4082 }
4083
4084 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4085 {
4086 }
4087
4088 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4089 {
4090     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4091         event.Skip();
4092 }
4093
4094 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4095
4096 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4097 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4098 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4099 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4100
4101 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4102
4103 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4104                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4105                            bool clipToMinMax);
4106
4107 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4108 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4109                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4110                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4111
4112 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4113
4114 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4115 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4116
4117 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4118     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4119     // use them for streaming out
4120     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4121     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4122     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4123     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4124     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4125     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4126
4127     // old style border flags
4128     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4129     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4130     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4131     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4132     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4133     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4134
4135     // standard window styles
4136     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4137     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4138     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4139     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4140     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4144
4145 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4146
4147 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4148
4149 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4150     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4151     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4152 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4153
4154 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4155 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4156
4157 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4158
4159 /*
4160  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4161 */
4162 #else
4163 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4164 #endif
4165
4166 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4167     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4168     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4169     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4170     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4171     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4172     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4173 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4176 {
4177     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4178     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4179     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4180     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4181     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4182     m_gridWin = NULL;
4183 }
4184
4185 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4186                  wxWindowID id,
4187                  const wxPoint& pos,
4188                  const wxSize& size,
4189                  long style,
4190                  const wxString& name )
4191   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4192     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4193     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4194 {
4195     Create();
4196     SetInitialSize(size);
4197 }
4198
4199 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4200                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4201                           long style, const wxString& name)
4202 {
4203     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4204                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4205         return false;
4206
4207     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4208     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4209
4210     Create();
4211     SetInitialSize(size);
4212     CalcDimensions();
4213
4214     return true;
4215 }
4216
4217 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4218 {
4219     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4220     SetTargetWindow(this);
4221     ClearAttrCache();
4222     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4223
4224 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4225     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4226     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4227                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4228              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4229              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4230 #endif
4231
4232     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4233     // with dangling view pointer
4234     if ( m_ownTable )
4235         delete m_table;
4236     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4237         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4238
4239     delete m_typeRegistry;
4240     delete m_selection;
4241 }
4242
4243 //
4244 // ----- internal init and update functions
4245 //
4246
4247 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4248 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4249 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4250
4251 void wxGrid::Create()
4252 {
4253     // set to true by CreateGrid
4254     m_created = false;
4255
4256     // create the type registry
4257     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4258     m_selection = NULL;
4259
4260     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4261     m_ownTable = false;
4262
4263     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4264
4265     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4266
4267     // Set default cell attributes
4268     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4269     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4270     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4271     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4272     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4273     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4274
4275 #if _USE_VISATTR
4276     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4277     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4278
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4281
4282 #else
4283     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4284         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4285     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4286         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4287 #endif
4288
4289     m_numRows = 0;
4290     m_numCols = 0;
4291     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4292
4293     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4294     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4295
4296     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4297     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4298                                               wxID_ANY,
4299                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4300                                               wxDefaultSize );
4301
4302     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4303                                               wxID_ANY,
4304                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4305                                               wxDefaultSize );
4306
4307     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4308                                                     wxID_ANY,
4309                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4310                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4311
4312     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4313                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4314                                   m_colLabelWin,
4315                                   wxID_ANY,
4316                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                   wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4320
4321 #if _USE_VISATTR
4322     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4323     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4324     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4325     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4326 #else
4327     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4328     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4329     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4330     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4331 #endif
4332
4333     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4334     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4335     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4336     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4337     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4338     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4339
4340     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4341     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4342
4343     Init();
4344 }
4345
4346 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4347                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4348 {
4349     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4350                  false,
4351                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4352
4353     m_numRows = numRows;
4354     m_numCols = numCols;
4355
4356     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4357     m_table->SetView( this );
4358     m_ownTable = true;
4359     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4360
4361     CalcDimensions();
4362
4363     m_created = true;
4364
4365     return m_created;
4366 }
4367
4368 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4369 {
4370     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4371                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4372
4373     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4374 }
4375
4376 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4377 {
4378     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4379                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4380
4381     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4382 }
4383
4384 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4385                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4386 {
4387     bool checkSelection = false;
4388     if ( m_created )
4389     {
4390         // stop all processing
4391         m_created = false;
4392
4393         if (m_table)
4394         {
4395             m_table->SetView(0);
4396             if( m_ownTable )
4397                 delete m_table;
4398             m_table = NULL;
4399         }
4400
4401         delete m_selection;
4402         m_selection = NULL;
4403
4404         m_ownTable = false;
4405         m_numRows = 0;
4406         m_numCols = 0;
4407         checkSelection = true;
4408
4409         // kill row and column size arrays
4410         m_colWidths.Empty();
4411         m_colRights.Empty();
4412         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4413         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4414     }
4415
4416     if (table)
4417     {
4418         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4419         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4420
4421         m_table = table;
4422         m_table->SetView( this );
4423         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4424         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4425         if (checkSelection)
4426         {
4427             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4428             // original one current cell and selection regions
4429             // might be invalid,
4430             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4431             m_currentCellCoords =
4432               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4433                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4434             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4435                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4436             {
4437                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4439             }
4440             else
4441                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4442                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4443                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4444                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4445                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4446         }
4447         CalcDimensions();
4448
4449         m_created = true;
4450     }
4451
4452     return m_created;
4453 }
4454
4455 void wxGrid::Init()
4456 {
4457     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4458     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4459
4460     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4461     {
4462         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4463     }
4464     else
4465     {
4466         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4467     }
4468
4469     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4470
4471     // init attr cache
4472     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4473     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4474     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4475
4476     // TODO: something better than this ?
4477     //
4478     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4479     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4480
4481     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4482     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4483
4484     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4485     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4486     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4487
4488     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4489     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4490
4491     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4492     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4493
4494 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4495     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4496 #else
4497     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4498 #endif
4499
4500     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4501     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4502     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4503     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4504     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4505
4506     m_canDragColMove = false;
4507
4508     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4509     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4510     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4511     m_canDragColSize = true;
4512     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4513     m_canDragCell = false;
4514     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4515     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4516     m_isDragging = false;
4517     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4518
4519     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4520
4521     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4522     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4523
4524     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4525
4526     ClearSelection();
4527
4528     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4529     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4530
4531     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4532
4533     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4534     m_batchCount = 0;
4535
4536     m_extraWidth =
4537     m_extraHeight = 0;
4538
4539     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4540     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4541 }
4542
4543 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4544 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4545 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4546 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4547 // arrays at all
4548 //
4549 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4550 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4551 // this is not done currently
4552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4553
4554 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4555 {
4556     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4557     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4558
4559     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4560     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4561
4562     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4563
4564     int rowBottom = 0;
4565     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4566     {
4567         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4568         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4569     }
4570 }
4571
4572 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4573 {
4574     m_colWidths.Empty();
4575     m_colRights.Empty();
4576
4577     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4578     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4579
4580     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4581
4582     int colRight = 0;
4583     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4584     {
4585         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4586         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4587     }
4588 }
4589
4590 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4591 {
4592     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4593 }
4594
4595 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4596 {
4597     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4598                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4599 }
4600
4601 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4602 {
4603     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4604                                  : m_colRights[col];
4605 }
4606
4607 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4608 {
4609     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4610 }
4611
4612 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4613 {
4614     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4615                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4616 }
4617
4618 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4619 {
4620     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4621                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4622 }
4623
4624 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4625 {
4626     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4627     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4628     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4629
4630     w += m_extraWidth;
4631     h += m_extraHeight;
4632
4633     // take into account editor if shown
4634     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4635     {
4636         int w2, h2;
4637         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4638         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4639         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4640         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4641
4642         // how big is the editor
4643         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4644         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4645         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4646         w2 += x;
4647         h2 += y;
4648         if ( w2 > w )
4649             w = w2;
4650         if ( h2 > h )
4651             h = h2;
4652         editor->DecRef();
4653         attr->DecRef();
4654     }
4655
4656     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4657     int x, y;
4658     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4659
4660     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4661     if ( x >= w )
4662         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4663     if ( y >= h )
4664         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4665
4666     // do set scrollbar parameters
4667     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4668                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4669                    x, y,
4670                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4671
4672     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4673     // still must reposition the children
4674     CalcWindowSizes();
4675 }
4676
4677 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4678 {
4679     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4680
4681     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4682         return;
4683
4684     int cw, ch;
4685     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4686
4687     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4688     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4689     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4690     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4691     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4692     //
4693     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4694     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4695     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4696     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4697     {
4698         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4699         // the fixed size elements
4700         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4701         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4702
4703         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4704
4705         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4706         {
4707             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4708             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4709             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4710             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4711         }
4712     }
4713
4714     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4715         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4716
4717     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4718         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4719
4720     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4721         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4722
4723     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4724         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4725 }
4726
4727 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4728 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4729 //
4730 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4731 {
4732     int i;
4733     bool result = false;
4734
4735     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4736     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4737     ClearAttrCache();
4738
4739     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4740     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4741     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4742     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4743     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4744     HideCellEditControl();
4745
4746 #if 0
4747     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4748     // now
4749     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4750     {
4751         InitColWidths();
4752     }
4753
4754     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4755     {
4756         InitRowHeights();
4757     }
4758 #endif
4759
4760     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4761     {
4762         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4763         {
4764             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4765             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4766
4767             m_numRows += numRows;
4768
4769             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4770             {
4771                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4772                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4773
4774                 int bottom = 0;
4775                 if ( pos > 0 )
4776                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4777
4778                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4779                 {
4780                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4781                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4782                 }
4783             }
4784
4785             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4786             {
4787                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4788                 // cell will be undefined...
4789                 //
4790                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4791             }
4792
4793             if ( m_selection )
4794                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4795             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4796             if (attrProvider)
4797                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4798
4799             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4800             {
4801                 CalcDimensions();
4802                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4803             }
4804         }
4805         result = true;
4806         break;
4807
4808         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4809         {
4810             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4811             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4812             m_numRows += numRows;
4813
4814             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4815             {
4816                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4817                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4818
4819                 int bottom = 0;
4820                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4821                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4822
4823                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4824                 {
4825                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4826                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4827                 }
4828             }
4829
4830             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4831             {
4832                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4833                 // cell will be undefined...
4834                 //
4835                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4836             }
4837
4838             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4839             {
4840                 CalcDimensions();
4841                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4842             }
4843         }
4844         result = true;
4845         break;
4846
4847         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4848         {
4849             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4850             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4851             m_numRows -= numRows;
4852
4853             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4854             {
4855                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4856                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4857
4858                 int h = 0;
4859                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4860                 {
4861                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4862                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4863                 }
4864             }
4865
4866             if ( !m_numRows )
4867             {
4868                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4869             }
4870             else
4871             {
4872                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4873                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4874             }
4875
4876             if ( m_selection )
4877                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4878             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4879             if (attrProvider)
4880             {
4881                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4882
4883 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4884 #if 0
4885                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4886                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4887                 // all column attributes.
4888                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4889                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4890                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4891                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4892 #endif
4893             }
4894
4895             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4896             {
4897                 CalcDimensions();
4898                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4899             }
4900         }
4901         result = true;
4902         break;
4903
4904         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4905         {
4906             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4907             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4908             m_numCols += numCols;
4909
4910             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4911             {
4912                 //Shift the column IDs
4913                 int i;
4914                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4915                 {
4916                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4917                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4918                 }
4919
4920                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4921
4922                 //Set the new columns' positions
4923                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4924                 {
4925                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4926                 }
4927             }
4928
4929             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4930             {
4931                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4932                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4933
4934                 int right = 0;
4935                 if ( pos > 0 )
4936                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4937
4938                 int colPos;
4939                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4940                 {
4941                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4942
4943                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4944                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4945                 }
4946             }
4947
4948             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4949             {
4950                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4951                 // cell will be undefined...
4952                 //
4953                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4954             }
4955
4956             if ( m_selection )
4957                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4958             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4959             if (attrProvider)
4960                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4961             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4962             {
4963                 CalcDimensions();
4964                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4965             }
4966         }
4967         result = true;
4968         break;
4969
4970         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4971         {
4972             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4973             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4974             m_numCols += numCols;
4975
4976             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4977             {
4978                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4979
4980                 //Set the new columns' positions
4981                 int i;
4982                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4983                 {
4984                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4985                 }
4986             }
4987
4988             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4989             {
4990                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4991                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4992
4993                 int right = 0;
4994                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4995                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4996
4997                 int colPos;
4998                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4999                 {
5000                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5001
5002                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5003                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5004                 }
5005             }
5006
5007             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5008             {
5009                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5010                 // cell will be undefined...
5011                 //
5012                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5013             }
5014             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5015             {
5016                 CalcDimensions();
5017                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5018             }
5019         }
5020         result = true;
5021         break;
5022
5023         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5024         {
5025             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5026             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5027             m_numCols -= numCols;
5028
5029             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5030             {
5031                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5032
5033                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5034
5035                 //Shift the column IDs
5036                 int colPos;
5037                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5038                 {
5039                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5040                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5041                 }
5042             }
5043
5044             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5045             {
5046                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5047                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5048
5049                 int w = 0;
5050                 int colPos;
5051                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5052                 {
5053                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5054
5055                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5056                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5057                 }
5058             }
5059
5060             if ( !m_numCols )
5061             {
5062                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5063             }
5064             else
5065             {
5066                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5067                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5068             }
5069
5070             if ( m_selection )
5071                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5072             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5073             if (attrProvider)
5074             {
5075                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5076
5077 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5078 #if 0
5079                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5080                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5081                 // all row attributes.
5082                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5083                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5084                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5085                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5086 #endif
5087             }
5088
5089             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5090             {
5091                 CalcDimensions();
5092                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5093             }
5094         }
5095         result = true;
5096         break;
5097     }
5098
5099     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5100         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5101
5102     return result;
5103 }
5104
5105 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5106 {
5107     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5108     wxRect r;
5109
5110     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5111
5112     int top, bottom;
5113     while ( iter )
5114     {
5115         r = iter.GetRect();
5116
5117         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5118         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5119         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5120         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5121         //
5122 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5123         int cw, ch;
5124         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5125         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5126             r.SetTop( 0 );
5127         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5128 #endif
5129
5130         // logical bounds of update region
5131         //
5132         int dummy;
5133         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5134         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5135
5136         // find the row labels within these bounds
5137         //
5138         int row;
5139         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5140         {
5141             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5142                 continue;
5143
5144             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5145                 break;
5146
5147             rowlabels.Add( row );
5148         }
5149
5150         ++iter;
5151     }
5152
5153     return rowlabels;
5154 }
5155
5156 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5157 {
5158     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5159     wxRect r;
5160
5161     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5162
5163     int left, right;
5164     while ( iter )
5165     {
5166         r = iter.GetRect();
5167
5168         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5169         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5170         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5171         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5172         //
5173 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5174         int cw, ch;
5175         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5176         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5177             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5178         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5179 #endif
5180
5181         // logical bounds of update region
5182         //
5183         int dummy;
5184         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5185         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5186
5187         // find the cells within these bounds
5188         //
5189         int col;
5190         int colPos;
5191         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5192         {
5193             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5194
5195             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5196                 continue;
5197
5198             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5199                 break;
5200
5201             colLabels.Add( col );
5202         }
5203
5204         ++iter;
5205     }
5206
5207     return colLabels;
5208 }
5209
5210 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5211 {
5212     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5213     wxRect r;
5214
5215     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5216
5217     int left, top, right, bottom;
5218     while ( iter )
5219     {
5220         r = iter.GetRect();
5221
5222         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5223         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5224         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5225         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5226         //
5227 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5228         int cw, ch;
5229         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5230         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5231         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5232         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5233         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5234 #endif
5235
5236         // logical bounds of update region
5237         //
5238         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5239         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5240
5241         // find the cells within these bounds
5242         //
5243         int row, col;
5244         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5245         {
5246             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5247                 continue;
5248
5249             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5250                 break;
5251
5252             int colPos;
5253             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5254             {
5255                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5256
5257                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5258                     continue;
5259
5260                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5261                     break;
5262
5263                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5264             }
5265         }
5266
5267         ++iter;
5268     }
5269
5270     return cellsExposed;
5271 }
5272
5273
5274 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5275 {
5276     int x, y, row;
5277     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5278     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5279
5280     if ( event.Dragging() )
5281     {
5282         if (!m_isDragging)
5283         {
5284             m_isDragging = true;
5285             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5286         }
5287
5288         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5289         {
5290             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5291             {
5292                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5293                 {
5294                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5295                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5296                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5297
5298                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5299                     PrepareDC( dc );
5300                     y = wxMax( y,
5301                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5302                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5303                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5304                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5305                     {
5306                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5307                     }
5308                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5309                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5310                 }
5311                 break;
5312
5313                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5314                 {
5315                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5316                     {
5317                         if ( m_selection )
5318                         {
5319                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5320                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5321                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5322                                                     event.AltDown(),
5323                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5324                         }
5325                     }
5326                 }
5327                 break;
5328
5329                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5330                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5331                 default:
5332                     break;
5333             }
5334         }
5335         return;
5336     }
5337
5338     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5339         return;
5340
5341     if (m_isDragging)
5342     {
5343         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5344             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5345         m_isDragging = false;
5346     }
5347
5348     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5349     //
5350     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5351     {
5352         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5353     }
5354
5355     // ------------ Left button pressed
5356     //
5357     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5358     {
5359         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5360         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5361         // wanting to resize the row
5362         //
5363         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5364         {
5365             row = YToRow(y);
5366             if ( row >= 0 &&
5367                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5368             {
5369                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5370                     ClearSelection();
5371                 if ( m_selection )
5372                 {
5373                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5374                     {
5375                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5376                                                   0,
5377                                                   row,
5378                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5379                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5380                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5381                                                   event.AltDown(),
5382                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5383                     }
5384                     else
5385                     {
5386                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5387                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5388                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5389                                                 event.AltDown(),
5390                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5391                     }
5392                 }
5393
5394                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5395             }
5396         }
5397         else
5398         {
5399             // starting to drag-resize a row
5400             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5401                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5402         }
5403     }
5404
5405     // ------------ Left double click
5406     //
5407     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5408     {
5409         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5410         if ( row < 0 )
5411         {
5412             row = YToRow(y);
5413             if ( row >=0 &&
5414                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5415             {
5416                 // no default action at the moment
5417             }
5418         }
5419         else
5420         {
5421             // adjust row height depending on label text
5422             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5423
5424             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5425             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5426         }
5427     }
5428
5429     // ------------ Left button released
5430     //
5431     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5432     {
5433         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5434         {
5435             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5436
5437             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5438             // default processing in this case
5439             //
5440             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5441         }
5442
5443         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5444         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5445     }
5446
5447     // ------------ Right button down
5448     //
5449     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5450     {
5451         row = YToRow(y);
5452         if ( row >=0 &&
5453              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5454         {
5455             // no default action at the moment
5456         }
5457     }
5458
5459     // ------------ Right double click
5460     //
5461     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5462     {
5463         row = YToRow(y);
5464         if ( row >= 0 &&
5465              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5466         {
5467             // no default action at the moment
5468         }
5469     }
5470
5471     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5472     //
5473     else if ( event.Moving() )
5474     {
5475         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5476         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5477         {
5478             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5479             {
5480                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5481                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5482                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5483             }
5484         }
5485         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5486         {
5487             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5488         }
5489     }
5490 }
5491
5492 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5493 {
5494     int x, y, col;
5495     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5496     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5497
5498     if ( event.Dragging() )
5499     {
5500         if (!m_isDragging)
5501         {
5502             m_isDragging = true;
5503             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5504
5505             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5506                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5507         }
5508
5509         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5510         {
5511             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5512             {
5513                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5514                 {
5515                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5516                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5517                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5518
5519                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5520                     PrepareDC( dc );
5521
5522                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5523                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5524                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5525                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5526                     {
5527                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5528                     }
5529                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5530                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5531                 }
5532                 break;
5533
5534                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5535                 {
5536                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5537                     {
5538                         if ( m_selection )
5539                         {
5540                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5541                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5542                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5543                                                     event.AltDown(),
5544                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5545                         }
5546                     }
5547                 }
5548                 break;
5549
5550                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5551                 {
5552                     if ( x < 0 )
5553                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5554                     else
5555                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5556
5557                     int markerX;
5558
5559                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5560                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5561                     else
5562                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5563
5564                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5565                     {
5566                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5567
5568                         int cw, ch;
5569                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5570
5571                         markerX++;
5572
5573                         //Clean up the last indicator
5574                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5575                         {
5576                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5577                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5578                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5579                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5580
5581                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5582                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5583                         }
5584
5585                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5586                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5587                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5588                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5589                         {
5590                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5591                             return;
5592                         }
5593
5594                         //Draw the marker
5595                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5596                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5597
5598                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5599
5600                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5601
5602                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5603                     }
5604                 }
5605                 break;
5606
5607                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5608                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5609                 default:
5610                     break;
5611             }
5612         }
5613         return;
5614     }
5615
5616     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5617         return;
5618
5619     if (m_isDragging)
5620     {
5621         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5622             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5623         m_isDragging = false;
5624     }
5625
5626     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5627     //
5628     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5629     {
5630         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5631     }
5632
5633     // ------------ Left button pressed
5634     //
5635     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5636     {
5637         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5638         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5639         // wanting to resize the col
5640         //
5641         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5642         {
5643             col = XToCol(x);
5644             if ( col >= 0 &&
5645                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5646             {
5647                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5648                 {
5649                     //Show button as pressed
5650                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5651                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5652                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5653                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5654                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5655                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5656
5657                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5658                 }
5659                 else
5660                 {
5661                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5662                         ClearSelection();
5663                     if ( m_selection )
5664                     {
5665                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5666                         {
5667                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5668                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5669                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5670                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5671                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5672                                                       event.AltDown(),
5673                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5674                         }
5675                         else
5676                         {
5677                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5678                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5679                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5680                                                     event.AltDown(),
5681                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5682                         }
5683                     }
5684
5685                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5686                 }
5687             }
5688         }
5689         else
5690         {
5691             // starting to drag-resize a col
5692             //
5693             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5694                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5695         }
5696     }
5697
5698     // ------------ Left double click
5699     //
5700     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5701     {
5702         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5703         if ( col < 0 )
5704         {
5705             col = XToCol(x);
5706             if ( col >= 0 &&
5707                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5708             {
5709                 // no default action at the moment
5710             }
5711         }
5712         else
5713         {
5714             // adjust column width depending on label text
5715             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5716
5717             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5718             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5719         }
5720     }
5721
5722     // ------------ Left button released
5723     //
5724     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5725     {
5726         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5727         {
5728             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5729                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5730
5731                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5732                 // default processing in this case
5733                 //
5734                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5735                 break;
5736
5737             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5738                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5739
5740                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5741                 break;
5742
5743             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5744             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5745             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5746             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5747                 // nothing to do (?)
5748                 break;
5749         }
5750
5751         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5752         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5753     }
5754
5755     // ------------ Right button down
5756     //
5757     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5758     {
5759         col = XToCol(x);
5760         if ( col >= 0 &&
5761              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5762         {
5763             // no default action at the moment
5764         }
5765     }
5766
5767     // ------------ Right double click
5768     //
5769     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5770     {
5771         col = XToCol(x);
5772         if ( col >= 0 &&
5773              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5774         {
5775             // no default action at the moment
5776         }
5777     }
5778
5779     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5780     //
5781     else if ( event.Moving() )
5782     {
5783         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5784         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5785         {
5786             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5787             {
5788                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5789                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5790                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5791             }
5792         }
5793         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5794         {
5795             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5796         }
5797     }
5798 }
5799
5800 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5801 {
5802     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5803     {
5804         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5805         // col args == -1
5806         //
5807         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5808         {
5809             SelectAll();
5810         }
5811     }
5812     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5813     {
5814         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5815     }
5816     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5817     {
5818         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5819         {
5820             // no default action at the moment
5821         }
5822     }
5823     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5824     {
5825         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5826         {
5827             // no default action at the moment
5828         }
5829     }
5830 }
5831
5832 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5833 {
5834     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5835     if ( m_winCapture )
5836     {
5837         m_isDragging = false;
5838         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5839         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5840         m_winCapture = NULL;
5841
5842         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5843         Refresh();
5844     }
5845 }
5846
5847 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5848                               wxWindow *win,
5849                               bool captureMouse)
5850 {
5851 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5852     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5853     {
5854         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5855         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5856         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5857         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5858         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5859         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5860     };
5861
5862     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5863                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5864                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5865                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5866                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5867                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5868 #endif
5869
5870     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5871          win == m_winCapture &&
5872          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5873         return;
5874
5875     if ( !win )
5876     {
5877         // by default use the grid itself
5878         win = m_gridWin;
5879     }
5880
5881     if ( m_winCapture )
5882     {
5883         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5884             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5885         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5886     }
5887
5888     m_cursorMode = mode;
5889
5890     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5891     {
5892         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5893             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5894             break;
5895
5896         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5897             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5898             break;
5899
5900         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5901             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5902             break;
5903
5904         default:
5905             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5906             break;
5907     }
5908
5909     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5910     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5911                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5912
5913     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5914     {
5915         win->CaptureMouse();
5916         m_winCapture = win;
5917     }
5918 }
5919
5920 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5921 {
5922     int x, y;
5923     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5924     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5925
5926     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5927     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5928
5929     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5930     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5931     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5932     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5933     {
5934         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5935         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5936     }
5937
5938     if ( event.Dragging() )
5939     {
5940         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5941
5942         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5943         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5944         if (! m_isDragging)
5945         {
5946             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5947             {
5948                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5949                 return;
5950             }
5951             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5952                 return;
5953         }
5954
5955         m_isDragging = true;
5956         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5957         {
5958             // Hide the edit control, so it
5959             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5960             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5961             {
5962                 HideCellEditControl();
5963                 SaveEditControlValue();
5964             }
5965
5966             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5967             {
5968                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5969                 {
5970                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5971                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5972                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5973                 }
5974                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5975                 {
5976                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5977                     {
5978                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5979                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5980
5981                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5982                                    coords.GetRow(),
5983                                    coords.GetCol(),
5984                                    event );
5985                         return;
5986                     }
5987                 }
5988                 else
5989                 {
5990                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5991                     {
5992                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5993                     }
5994                     else
5995                     {
5996                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5997                     }
5998                 }
5999
6000                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6001                 {
6002                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6003                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6004                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6005                 }
6006             }
6007             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6008             if (! m_winCapture)
6009             {
6010                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6011                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6012             }
6013
6014
6015         }
6016         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6017         {
6018             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6019             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6020             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6021
6022             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6023             PrepareDC( dc );
6024             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6025                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6026             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6027             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6028             {
6029                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6030             }
6031             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6032             m_dragLastPos = y;
6033         }
6034         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6035         {
6036             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6037             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6038             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6039
6040             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6041             PrepareDC( dc );
6042             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6043                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6044             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6045             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6046             {
6047                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6048             }
6049             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6050             m_dragLastPos = x;
6051         }
6052
6053         return;
6054     }
6055
6056     m_isDragging = false;
6057     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6058
6059     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6060     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6061     //     wxGTK
6062 #if 0
6063     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6064     {
6065         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6066         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6067     }
6068     else
6069 #endif // 0
6070
6071     // ------------ Left button pressed
6072     //
6073     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6074     {
6075         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6076                        coords.GetRow(),
6077                        coords.GetCol(),
6078                        event ) )
6079         {
6080             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6081                 ClearSelection();
6082             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6083             {
6084                 if ( m_selection )
6085                 {
6086                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6087                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6088                                               coords.GetRow(),
6089                                               coords.GetCol(),
6090                                               event.ControlDown(),
6091                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6092                                               event.AltDown(),
6093                                               event.MetaDown() );
6094                 }
6095             }
6096             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6097                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6098             {
6099                 DisableCellEditControl();
6100                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6101
6102                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6103                 {
6104                     if ( m_selection )
6105                     {
6106                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6107                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6108                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6109                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6110                                                           event.AltDown(),
6111                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6112                     }
6113                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6114                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6115                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6116                 }
6117                 else
6118                 {
6119                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6120                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6121                     if ( m_selection )
6122                     {
6123                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6124                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6125                         {
6126                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6127                         }
6128                     }
6129                 }
6130             }
6131         }
6132     }
6133
6134     // ------------ Left double click
6135     //
6136     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6137     {
6138         DisableCellEditControl();
6139
6140         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6141         {
6142             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6143                              coords.GetRow(),
6144                              coords.GetCol(),
6145                              event ) )
6146             {
6147                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6148                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6149                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6150             }
6151         }
6152     }
6153
6154     // ------------ Left button released
6155     //
6156     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6157     {
6158         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6159         {
6160             if (m_winCapture)
6161             {
6162                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6163                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6164                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6165             }
6166
6167             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6168             {
6169                 ClearSelection();
6170                 EnableCellEditControl();
6171
6172                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6173                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6174                 editor->StartingClick();
6175                 editor->DecRef();
6176                 attr->DecRef();
6177
6178                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6179             }
6180             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6181                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6182             {
6183                 if ( m_selection )
6184                 {
6185                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6186                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6187                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6188                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6189                                               event.ControlDown(),
6190                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6191                                               event.AltDown(),
6192                                               event.MetaDown() );
6193                 }
6194
6195                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6196                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6197
6198                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6199                 // drag-shrinking.
6200                 ShowCellEditControl();
6201             }
6202         }
6203         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6204         {
6205             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6206             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6207
6208             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6209             // default processing in this case
6210             //
6211             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6212         }
6213         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6214         {
6215             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6216             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6217
6218             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6219             // default processing in this case
6220             //
6221             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6222         }
6223
6224         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6225     }
6226
6227     // ------------ Right button down
6228     //
6229     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6230     {
6231         DisableCellEditControl();
6232         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6233                          coords.GetRow(),
6234                          coords.GetCol(),
6235                          event ) )
6236         {
6237             // no default action at the moment
6238         }
6239     }
6240
6241     // ------------ Right double click
6242     //
6243     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6244     {
6245         DisableCellEditControl();
6246         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6247                          coords.GetRow(),
6248                          coords.GetCol(),
6249                          event ) )
6250         {
6251             // no default action at the moment
6252         }
6253     }
6254
6255     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6256     //
6257     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6258     {
6259         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6260         {
6261             // out of grid cell area
6262             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6263             return;
6264         }
6265
6266         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6267         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6268
6269         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6270         // directions is not implemented yet...
6271         //
6272         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6273         {
6274             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6275             return;
6276         }
6277
6278         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6279         {
6280             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6281
6282             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6283             {
6284                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6285                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6286             }
6287         }
6288         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6289         {
6290             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6291
6292             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6293             {
6294                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6295                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6296             }
6297         }
6298         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6299         {
6300             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6301             {
6302                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6303             }
6304         }
6305     }
6306 }
6307
6308 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6309 {
6310     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6311     {
6312         // erase the last line and resize the row
6313         //
6314         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6315         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6316         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6317
6318         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6319         PrepareDC( dc );
6320         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6321         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6322         HideCellEditControl();
6323         SaveEditControlValue();
6324
6325         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6326         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6327                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6328
6329         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6330         {
6331             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6332             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6333             rect.x = 0;
6334             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6335             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6336             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6337             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6338             rect.width = cw;
6339
6340             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6341             if (m_table)
6342             {
6343                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6344                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6345                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6346                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6347                 {
6348                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6349                     {
6350                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6351                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6352                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6353                     }
6354                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6355                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6356                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6357                 }
6358             }
6359             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6360         }
6361
6362         ShowCellEditControl();
6363     }
6364 }
6365
6366
6367 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6368 {
6369     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6370     {
6371         // erase the last line and resize the col
6372         //
6373         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6374         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6375         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6376
6377         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6378         PrepareDC( dc );
6379         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6380         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6381         HideCellEditControl();
6382         SaveEditControlValue();
6383
6384         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6385         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6386                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6387                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6388
6389         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6390         {
6391             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6392             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6393             rect.y = 0;
6394             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6395             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6396             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6397             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6398             rect.height = ch;
6399
6400             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6401             if (m_table)
6402             {
6403                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6404                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6405                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6406                 if (topRow >= 0)
6407                 {
6408                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6409                     {
6410                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6411                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6412                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6413                     }
6414
6415                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6416                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6417                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6418                 }
6419             }
6420
6421             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6422         }
6423
6424         ShowCellEditControl();
6425     }
6426 }
6427
6428 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6429 {
6430     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6431     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6432     {
6433         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6434         return;
6435     }
6436
6437     int newPos;
6438     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6439         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6440     else
6441     {
6442         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6443         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6444             newPos--;
6445     }
6446
6447     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6448 }
6449
6450 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6451 {
6452     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6453     {
6454         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6455
6456         int i;
6457         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6458         {
6459             m_colAt.Add( i );
6460         }
6461     }
6462
6463     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6464
6465     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6466     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6467     {
6468         int i;
6469         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6470         {
6471             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6472         }
6473     }
6474     else
6475     {
6476         int i;
6477         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6478         {
6479             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6480         }
6481     }
6482
6483     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6484
6485     //Recalculate the column rights
6486     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6487     {
6488         int colRight = 0;
6489         int colPos;
6490         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6491         {
6492             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6493
6494             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6495             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6496         }
6497     }
6498
6499     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6500     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6501 }
6502
6503
6504
6505 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6506 {
6507     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6508         return;
6509
6510     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6511
6512     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6513     {
6514         m_colAt.Clear();
6515
6516         //Recalculate the column rights
6517         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6518         {
6519             int colRight = 0;
6520             int colPos;
6521             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6522             {
6523                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6524                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6525             }
6526         }
6527
6528         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6529         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6530     }
6531 }
6532
6533
6534 //
6535 // ------ interaction with data model
6536 //
6537 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6538 {
6539     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6540     {
6541         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6542             return GetModelValues();
6543
6544         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6545             return SetModelValues();
6546
6547         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6548         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6549         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6550         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6551         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6552         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6553             return Redimension( msg );
6554
6555         default:
6556             return false;
6557     }
6558 }
6559
6560 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6561 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6562 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6563 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6564 //
6565 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6566 {
6567     if ( m_table )
6568     {
6569         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6570             DisableCellEditControl();
6571
6572         m_table->Clear();
6573         if (!GetBatchCount())
6574             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6575     }
6576 }
6577
6578 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6579 {
6580     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6581
6582     if ( !m_created )
6583     {
6584         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6585         return false;
6586     }
6587
6588     if ( m_table )
6589     {
6590         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6591             DisableCellEditControl();
6592
6593         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6594         return done;
6595
6596         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6597         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6598     }
6599
6600     return false;
6601 }
6602
6603 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6604 {
6605     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6606
6607     if ( !m_created )
6608     {
6609         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6610         return false;
6611     }
6612
6613     if ( m_table )
6614     {
6615         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6616         return done;
6617
6618         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6619         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6620     }
6621
6622     return false;
6623 }
6624
6625 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6626 {
6627     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6628
6629     if ( !m_created )
6630     {
6631         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6632         return false;
6633     }
6634
6635     if ( m_table )
6636     {
6637         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6638             DisableCellEditControl();
6639
6640         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6641         return done;
6642         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6643         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6644     }
6645
6646     return false;
6647 }
6648
6649 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6650 {
6651     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6652
6653     if ( !m_created )
6654     {
6655         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6656         return false;
6657     }
6658
6659     if ( m_table )
6660     {
6661         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6662             DisableCellEditControl();
6663
6664         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6665         return done;
6666         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6667         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6668     }
6669
6670     return false;
6671 }
6672
6673 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6674 {
6675     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6676
6677     if ( !m_created )
6678     {
6679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6680         return false;
6681     }
6682
6683     if ( m_table )
6684     {
6685         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6686         return done;
6687         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6688         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6689     }
6690
6691     return false;
6692 }
6693
6694 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6695 {
6696     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6697
6698     if ( !m_created )
6699     {
6700         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6701         return false;
6702     }
6703
6704     if ( m_table )
6705     {
6706         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6707             DisableCellEditControl();
6708
6709         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6710         return done;
6711         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6712         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6713     }
6714
6715     return false;
6716 }
6717
6718 //
6719 // ----- event handlers
6720 //
6721
6722 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6723 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6724 //
6725 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6726                         int row, int col,
6727                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6728 {
6729    bool claimed, vetoed;
6730
6731    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6732    {
6733        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6734
6735        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6736                type,
6737                this,
6738                rowOrCol,
6739                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6740                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6741                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6742                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6743                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6744                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6745
6746        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6747        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6748    }
6749    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6750    {
6751        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6752        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6753                type,
6754                this,
6755                m_selectingTopLeft,
6756                m_selectingBottomRight,
6757                true,
6758                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6759                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6760                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6761                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6762
6763        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6764        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6765    }
6766    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6767              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6768              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6769              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6770    {
6771        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6772
6773        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6774            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6775        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6776            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6777
6778        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6779                type,
6780                this,
6781                row, col,
6782                pos.x,
6783                pos.y,
6784                false,
6785                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6786                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6787                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6788                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6789        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6790        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6791    }
6792    else
6793    {
6794        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6795                type,
6796                this,
6797                row, col,
6798                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6799                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6800                false,
6801                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6802                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6803                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6804                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6805        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6806        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6807    }
6808
6809    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6810    if (vetoed)
6811        return -1;
6812
6813    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6814 }
6815
6816 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6817 // of ProcessEvent().
6818 //
6819 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6820                         int row, int col )
6821 {
6822    bool claimed, vetoed;
6823
6824     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6825     {
6826         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6827
6828         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6829
6830         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6831         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6832     }
6833     else
6834     {
6835         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6836
6837         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6838         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6839      }
6840
6841     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6842     if (vetoed)
6843         return -1;
6844
6845     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6846 }
6847
6848 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6849 {
6850     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6851     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6852 }
6853
6854 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6855 {
6856     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6857     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6858     if (! GetBatchCount())
6859     {
6860         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6861         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6862
6863         if (rect)
6864         {
6865             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6866             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6867             int x, y;
6868
6869             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6870             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6871             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6872             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6873             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6874
6875             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6876             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6877                 width_label = rectWidth;
6878
6879             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6880             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6881                 height_label = rectHeight;
6882
6883             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6884             {
6885                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6886                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6887             }
6888             else
6889             {
6890                 x = 0;
6891                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6892             }
6893
6894             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6895             {
6896                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6897                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6898             }
6899             else
6900             {
6901                 y = 0;
6902                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6903             }
6904
6905             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6906             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6907             {
6908                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6909                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6910             }
6911
6912             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6913             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6914             {
6915                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6916                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6917             }
6918
6919             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6920             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6921             {
6922                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6923                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6924             }
6925
6926             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6927             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6928             {
6929                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6930                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6931             }
6932         }
6933         else
6934         {
6935             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6936             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6937             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6938             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6939         }
6940     }
6941 }
6942
6943 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6944 {
6945     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6946     {
6947         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6948         CalcDimensions();
6949     }
6950 }
6951
6952 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6953 {
6954     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6955     {
6956         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6957         //
6958         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6959     }
6960
6961     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6962
6963     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6964     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6965     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6966     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6967
6968     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6969     {
6970         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6971         {
6972             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6973                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6974             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6975                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6976         }
6977
6978         // try local handlers
6979         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6980         {
6981             case WXK_UP:
6982                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6983                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6984                 else
6985                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6986                 break;
6987
6988             case WXK_DOWN:
6989                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6990                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6991                 else
6992                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6993                 break;
6994
6995             case WXK_LEFT:
6996                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6997                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6998                 else
6999                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7000                 break;
7001
7002             case WXK_RIGHT:
7003                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7004                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7005                 else
7006                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7007                 break;
7008
7009             case WXK_RETURN:
7010             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7011                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7012                 {
7013                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7014                 }
7015                 else
7016                 {
7017                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7018                     {
7019                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7020                     }
7021                     else
7022                     {
7023                         // at the bottom of a column
7024                         DisableCellEditControl();
7025                     }
7026                 }
7027                 break;
7028
7029             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7030                 ClearSelection();
7031                 break;
7032
7033             case WXK_TAB:
7034                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7035                 {
7036                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7037                     {
7038                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7039                     }
7040                     else
7041                     {
7042                         // at left of grid
7043                         DisableCellEditControl();
7044                     }
7045                 }
7046                 else
7047                 {
7048                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7049                     {
7050                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7051                     }
7052                     else
7053                     {
7054                         // at right of grid
7055                         DisableCellEditControl();
7056                     }
7057                 }
7058                 break;
7059
7060             case WXK_HOME:
7061                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7062                 {
7063                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7064                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7065                 }
7066                 else
7067                 {
7068                     event.Skip();
7069                 }
7070                 break;
7071
7072             case WXK_END:
7073                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7074                 {
7075                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7076                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7077                 }
7078                 else
7079                 {
7080                     event.Skip();
7081                 }
7082                 break;
7083
7084             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7085                 MovePageUp();
7086                 break;
7087
7088             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7089                 MovePageDown();
7090                 break;
7091
7092             case WXK_SPACE:
7093                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7094                 {
7095                     if ( m_selection )
7096                     {
7097                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7098                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7099                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7100                             event.ControlDown(),
7101                             event.ShiftDown(),
7102                             event.AltDown(),
7103                             event.MetaDown() );
7104                     }
7105                     break;
7106                 }
7107
7108                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7109                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7110                 else
7111                     event.Skip();
7112                 break;
7113
7114             default:
7115                 event.Skip();
7116                 break;
7117         }
7118     }
7119
7120     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7121 }
7122
7123 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7124 {
7125     // try local handlers
7126     //
7127     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7128     {
7129         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7130              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7131         {
7132             if ( m_selection )
7133             {
7134                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7135                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7136                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7137                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7138                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7139                     event.ControlDown(),
7140                     true,
7141                     event.AltDown(),
7142                     event.MetaDown() );
7143             }
7144         }
7145
7146         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7147         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7148         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7149     }
7150 }
7151
7152 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7153 {
7154     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7155     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7156     {
7157         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7158         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7159         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7160         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7161         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7162
7163         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7164         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7165         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7166              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7167         {
7168             // ensure cell is visble
7169             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7170             EnableCellEditControl();
7171
7172             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7173             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7174             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7175             // crash the app
7176             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7177                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7178         }
7179         else
7180         {
7181             event.Skip();
7182         }
7183
7184         editor->DecRef();
7185         attr->DecRef();
7186     }
7187     else
7188     {
7189         event.Skip();
7190     }
7191 }
7192
7193 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7194 {
7195 }
7196
7197 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7198 {
7199     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7200     {
7201         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7202         return;
7203     }
7204
7205 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7206     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7207     PrepareDC( dc );
7208 #endif
7209
7210     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7211     {
7212         DisableCellEditControl();
7213
7214         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7215         {
7216             wxRect r;
7217             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7218             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7219             {
7220                 r.x--;
7221                 r.y--;
7222                 r.width++;
7223                 r.height++;
7224             }
7225
7226             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7227
7228             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7229             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7230
7231 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7232             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7233 #else
7234             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7235             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7236 #endif
7237         }
7238     }
7239
7240     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7241
7242     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7243 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7244     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7245 #endif
7246     attr->DecRef();
7247 }
7248
7249 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7250 {
7251     int temp;
7252     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7253
7254     if ( m_selection )
7255     {
7256         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7257         {
7258             leftCol = 0;
7259             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7260         }
7261         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7262         {
7263             topRow = 0;
7264             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7265         }
7266     }
7267
7268     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7269     {
7270         temp = topRow;
7271         topRow = bottomRow;
7272         bottomRow = temp;
7273     }
7274
7275     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7276     {
7277         temp = leftCol;
7278         leftCol = rightCol;
7279         rightCol = temp;
7280     }
7281
7282     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7283     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7284
7285     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7286     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7287          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7288     {
7289         wxRect rect;
7290         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7291                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7292         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7293     }
7294
7295     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7296     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7297               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7298     {
7299         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7300         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7301         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7302         wxRect  rect[4];
7303         bool    need_refresh[4];
7304         need_refresh[0] =
7305         need_refresh[1] =
7306         need_refresh[2] =
7307         need_refresh[3] = false;
7308         int     i;
7309
7310         // Store intermediate values
7311         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7312         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7313         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7314         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7315
7316         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7317         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7318         {
7319             temp = oldLeft;
7320             oldLeft = leftCol;
7321             leftCol = temp;
7322         }
7323         if (oldTop > topRow )
7324         {
7325             temp = oldTop;
7326             oldTop = topRow;
7327             topRow = temp;
7328         }
7329         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7330         {
7331             temp = oldRight;
7332             oldRight = rightCol;
7333             rightCol = temp;
7334         }
7335         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7336         {
7337             temp = oldBottom;
7338             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7339             bottomRow = temp;
7340         }
7341
7342         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7343         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7344         // is contained in the other.
7345
7346         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7347         {
7348             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7349             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7350             need_refresh[0] = true;
7351             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7352                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7353                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7354         }
7355
7356         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7357         {
7358             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7359             // area above the old or new selection.
7360             need_refresh[1] = true;
7361             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7362                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7363                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7364         }
7365
7366         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7367         {
7368             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7369             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7370             need_refresh[2] = true;
7371             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7372                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7373                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7374         }
7375
7376         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7377         {
7378             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7379             // area below the old or new selection.
7380             need_refresh[3] = true;
7381             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7382                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7383                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7384         }
7385
7386         // various Refresh() calls
7387         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7388             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7389                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7390     }
7391
7392     // change selection
7393     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7394     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7395 }
7396
7397 //
7398 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7399 //
7400
7401 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7402 {
7403     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7404     HideCellEditControl();
7405
7406     if ( m_table )
7407     {
7408         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7409         //
7410         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7411         return true;
7412     }
7413
7414     return false;
7415 }
7416
7417 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7418 {
7419     int row, col;
7420
7421     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7422     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7423     // I think so ...
7424     DisableCellEditControl();
7425
7426     if ( m_table )
7427     {
7428         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7429         {
7430             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7431             {
7432                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7433             }
7434         }
7435
7436         return true;
7437     }
7438
7439     return false;
7440 }
7441
7442 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7443 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7444 // CalcExposedCells)
7445 //
7446 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7447 {
7448     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7449         return;
7450
7451     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7452     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7453     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7454
7455     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7456     {
7457         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7458         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7459         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7460
7461         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7462         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7463         {
7464             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7465             bool marked = false;
7466             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7467             {
7468                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7469                 {
7470                     marked = true;
7471                     break;
7472                 }
7473             }
7474
7475             if (!marked)
7476             {
7477                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7478                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7479                 {
7480                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7481                     {
7482                         marked = true;
7483                         break;
7484                     }
7485                 }
7486
7487                 if (!marked)
7488                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7489             }
7490
7491             // don't bother drawing this cell
7492             continue;
7493         }
7494
7495         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7496         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7497         {
7498             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7499             {
7500                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7501                 int left = col;
7502                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7503                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7504                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7505                     {
7506                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7507                     }
7508
7509                 if (left == col)
7510                     left = 0; // oh well
7511
7512                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7513                 {
7514                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7515                     {
7516                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7517                         {
7518                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7519                             bool marked = false;
7520
7521                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7522                             {
7523                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7524                                 {
7525                                     marked = true;
7526                                     break;
7527                                 }
7528                             }
7529
7530                             if (!marked)
7531                             {
7532                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7533                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7534                                 {
7535                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7536                                     {
7537                                         marked = true;
7538                                         break;
7539                                     }
7540                                 }
7541                                 if (!marked)
7542                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7543                             }
7544                         }
7545                         break;
7546                     }
7547                 }
7548             }
7549         }
7550
7551         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7552     }
7553
7554     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7555
7556     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7557     {
7558         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7559     }
7560 }
7561
7562 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7563 {
7564   int cw, ch;
7565   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7566
7567   int right, bottom;
7568   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7569
7570   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7571   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7572
7573   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7574   {
7575       int left, top;
7576       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7577
7578       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7579       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7580
7581       if ( right > rightCol )
7582       {
7583           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7584       }
7585
7586       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7587       {
7588           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7589       }
7590   }
7591 }
7592
7593 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7594 {
7595     int row = coords.GetRow();
7596     int col = coords.GetCol();
7597
7598     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7599         return;
7600
7601     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7602 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7603     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7604         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7605 #endif
7606
7607     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7608
7609     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7610
7611     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7612
7613     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7614     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7615     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7616     {
7617         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7618         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7619         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7620         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7621 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7622         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7623         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7624         editor->DecRef();
7625 #endif
7626     }
7627     else
7628     {
7629         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7630         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7631         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7632         renderer->DecRef();
7633     }
7634
7635     attr->DecRef();
7636 }
7637
7638 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7639 {
7640     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7641     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7642
7643     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7644         return;
7645
7646     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7647
7648     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7649     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7650     // it doesn't look really good
7651
7652     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7653
7654     if (penWidth > 0)
7655     {
7656         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7657         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7658         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7659         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7660         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7661         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7662         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7663         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7664         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7665
7666         // Now draw the rectangle
7667         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7668         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7669         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7670         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7671         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7672     }
7673
7674 #if 0
7675         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7676
7677         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7678         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7679                 y1 = rect.y,
7680                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7681                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7682
7683         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7684         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7685         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7686
7687         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7688         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7689
7690         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7691         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7692         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7693 #endif
7694 }
7695
7696 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7697 {
7698     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7699 }
7700
7701 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7702 {
7703     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7704 }
7705
7706 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7707 {
7708     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7709 }
7710
7711 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7712 {
7713     int row = coords.GetRow();
7714     int col = coords.GetCol();
7715     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7716         return;
7717
7718
7719     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7720
7721     // right hand border
7722     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7723     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7724                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7725
7726     // bottom border
7727     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7728     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7729                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7730 }
7731
7732 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7733 {
7734     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7735     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7736     //
7737     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7738          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7739     {
7740         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7741     }
7742
7743     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7744     {
7745         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7746         return;
7747     }
7748
7749     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7750     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7751     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7752     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7753     {
7754         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7755         {
7756             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7757             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7758             attr->DecRef();
7759
7760             break;
7761         }
7762     }
7763 }
7764
7765 // TODO: remove this ???
7766 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7767 // has been changed
7768 //
7769 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7770 {
7771 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7772     return;
7773 #endif
7774
7775     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7776          return;
7777
7778     int top, bottom, left, right;
7779
7780 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7781     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7782     {
7783       int cw, ch;
7784       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7785
7786       // virtual coords of visible area
7787       //
7788       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7789       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7790     }
7791     else
7792     {
7793       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7794       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7795       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7796       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7797     }
7798 #else
7799       int cw, ch;
7800       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7801       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7802       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7803 #endif
7804
7805     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7806     //
7807     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7808     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7809
7810     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7811     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7812     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7813     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7814     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7815
7816     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7817
7818     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7819     wxRect rect;
7820
7821     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7822     {
7823         int colPos;
7824         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7825         {
7826             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7827
7828             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7829             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7830             {
7831                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7832                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7833                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7834             }
7835             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7836             {
7837                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7838                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7839                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7840             }
7841         }
7842     }
7843
7844     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7845
7846
7847     // horizontal grid lines
7848     //
7849     // already declared above - int i;
7850     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7851     {
7852         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7853
7854         if ( bot > bottom )
7855         {
7856             break;
7857         }
7858
7859         if ( bot >= top )
7860         {
7861             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7862             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7863         }
7864     }
7865
7866     // vertical grid lines
7867     //
7868     int colPos;
7869     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7870     {
7871         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7872
7873         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7874 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7875         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7876 #endif
7877             colRight--;
7878
7879         if ( colRight > right )
7880         {
7881             break;
7882         }
7883
7884         if ( colRight >= left )
7885         {
7886             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7887             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7888         }
7889     }
7890
7891     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7892 }
7893
7894 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7895 {
7896     if ( !m_numRows )
7897         return;
7898
7899     size_t i;
7900     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7901
7902     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7903     {
7904         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7905     }
7906 }
7907
7908 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7909 {
7910     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7911         return;
7912
7913     wxRect rect;
7914
7915 #if 0
7916 def __WXGTK20__
7917     rect.SetX( 1 );
7918     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7919     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7920     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7921
7922     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7923
7924     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7925
7926     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7927 #else
7928     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7929         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7930
7931     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7932     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7933     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7934     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7935
7936     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7937     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7938     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7939 #endif
7940
7941     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7942     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7943     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7944
7945     int hAlign, vAlign;
7946     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7947
7948     rect.SetX( 2 );
7949     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7950     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7951     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7952     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7953 }
7954
7955 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7956 {
7957     if ( !m_numCols )
7958         return;
7959
7960     size_t i;
7961     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7962
7963     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7964     {
7965         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7966     }
7967 }
7968
7969 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7970 {
7971     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7972         return;
7973
7974     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7975
7976     wxRect rect;
7977
7978 #if 0
7979 def __WXGTK20__
7980     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7981     rect.SetY( 1 );
7982     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7983     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7984
7985     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7986
7987     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7988 #else
7989     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7990
7991     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7992     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7993     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7994     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7995                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7996
7997     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7998     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7999     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8000 #endif
8001
8002     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
8003     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8004     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8005
8006     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8007     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8008     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8009
8010     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8011     rect.SetY( 2 );
8012     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8013     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8014     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8015 }
8016
8017 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8018                                 const wxString& value,
8019                                 const wxRect& rect,
8020                                 int horizAlign,
8021                                 int vertAlign,
8022                                 int textOrientation )
8023 {
8024     wxArrayString lines;
8025
8026     StringToLines( value, lines );
8027
8028     // Forward to new API.
8029     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8030         lines,
8031         rect,
8032         horizAlign,
8033         vertAlign,
8034         textOrientation );
8035 }
8036
8037 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8038 //     add textOrientation support
8039 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8040                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8041                                const wxRect& rect,
8042                                int horizAlign,
8043                                int vertAlign,
8044                                int textOrientation)
8045 {
8046     if ( lines.empty() )
8047         return;
8048
8049     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8050
8051     long textWidth,
8052          textHeight;
8053
8054     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8055         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8056     else
8057         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8058
8059     int x = 0,
8060         y = 0;
8061     switch ( vertAlign )
8062     {
8063         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8064             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8065                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8066             else
8067                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8068             break;
8069
8070         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8071             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8072                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8073             else
8074                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8075             break;
8076
8077         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8078         default:
8079             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8080                 y = rect.y + 1;
8081             else
8082                 x = rect.x + 1;
8083             break;
8084     }
8085
8086     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8087     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8088     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8089     {
8090         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8091
8092         if ( line.empty() )
8093         {
8094             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8095             continue;
8096         }
8097
8098         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8099              lineHeight = 0;
8100         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8101
8102         switch ( horizAlign )
8103         {
8104             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8105                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8106                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8107                 else
8108                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8109                 break;
8110
8111             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8112                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8113                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8114                 else
8115                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8116                 break;
8117
8118             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8119             default:
8120                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8121                     x = rect.x + 1;
8122                 else
8123                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8124                 break;
8125         }
8126
8127         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8128         {
8129             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8130             y += lineHeight;
8131         }
8132         else
8133         {
8134             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8135             x += lineHeight;
8136         }
8137     }
8138 }
8139
8140 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8141 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8142 //
8143 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8144 {
8145     int startPos = 0;
8146     int pos;
8147     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8148     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8149
8150     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8151     {
8152         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8153         if ( pos < 0 )
8154         {
8155             break;
8156         }
8157         else if ( pos == 0 )
8158         {
8159             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8160         }
8161         else
8162         {
8163             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8164         }
8165
8166         startPos += pos + 1;
8167     }
8168
8169     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
8170     {
8171         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
8172     }
8173 }
8174
8175 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8176                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8177                              long *width, long *height ) const
8178 {
8179     wxCoord w = 0;
8180     wxCoord h = 0;
8181     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8182
8183     size_t i;
8184     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8185     {
8186         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8187         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8188         h += lineH;
8189     }
8190
8191     *width = w;
8192     *height = h;
8193 }
8194
8195 //
8196 // ------ Batch processing.
8197 //
8198 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8199 {
8200     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8201     {
8202         m_batchCount--;
8203         if ( !m_batchCount )
8204         {
8205             CalcDimensions();
8206             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8207             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8208             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8209             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8210         }
8211     }
8212 }
8213
8214 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8215 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8216 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8217 //
8218 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8219 {
8220     BeginBatch();
8221     EndBatch();
8222 }
8223
8224 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8225 {
8226     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8227         return false;
8228
8229     // redraw in the new state
8230     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8231
8232     return true;
8233 }
8234
8235 //
8236 // ------ Edit control functions
8237 //
8238
8239 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8240 {
8241     // TODO: improve this ?
8242     //
8243     if ( edit != m_editable )
8244     {
8245         if (!edit)
8246             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8247         m_editable = edit;
8248     }
8249 }
8250
8251 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8252 {
8253     if (! m_editable)
8254         return;
8255
8256     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8257     {
8258         if ( enable )
8259         {
8260             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8261                 return;
8262
8263             // this should be checked by the caller!
8264             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8265
8266             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8267             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8268
8269             ShowCellEditControl();
8270         }
8271         else
8272         {
8273             //FIXME:add veto support
8274             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8275
8276             HideCellEditControl();
8277             SaveEditControlValue();
8278
8279             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8280             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8281         }
8282     }
8283 }
8284
8285 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8286 {
8287     // const_cast
8288     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8289     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8290     attr->DecRef();
8291
8292     return readonly;
8293 }
8294
8295 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8296 {
8297     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8298         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8299 }
8300
8301 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8302 {
8303     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8304     // current one if it's read only
8305     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8306 }
8307
8308 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8309 {
8310     bool isShown = false;
8311
8312     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8313     {
8314         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8315         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8316         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8317         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8318         attr->DecRef();
8319
8320         if ( editor )
8321         {
8322             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8323             {
8324                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8325             }
8326
8327             editor->DecRef();
8328         }
8329     }
8330
8331     return isShown;
8332 }
8333
8334 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8335 {
8336     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8337     {
8338         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8339         {
8340             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8341             return;
8342         }
8343         else
8344         {
8345             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8346             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8347             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8348
8349             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8350             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8351             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8352             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8353             {
8354                 row += cell_rows;
8355                 col += cell_cols;
8356                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8357                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8358             }
8359
8360             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8361             // might not cover the entire cell
8362             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8363             PrepareDC( dc );
8364             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8365             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8366             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8367             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8368
8369             // convert to scrolled coords
8370             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8371
8372             int nXMove = 0;
8373             if (rect.x < 0)
8374                 nXMove = rect.x;
8375
8376             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8377             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8378             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8379             // "don't change."
8380             if (rect.x > 0)
8381                 rect.x--;
8382             if (rect.y > 0)
8383                 rect.y--;
8384
8385             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8386             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8387             {
8388                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8389                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8390
8391                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8392                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8393                                              this,
8394                                              row,
8395                                              col,
8396                                              editor->GetControl());
8397                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8398             }
8399
8400             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8401             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8402             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8403             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8404             {
8405                 int y;
8406                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8407                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8408                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8409             }
8410
8411             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8412             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8413                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8414
8415             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8416             {
8417                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8418                 // may have changed earlier
8419                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8420                 {
8421                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8422                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8423
8424                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8425                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8426                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8427                     {
8428                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8429                     }
8430                     else
8431                         break;
8432                 }
8433
8434                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8435                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8436             }
8437
8438             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8439             editor->SetSize( rect );
8440             if (nXMove != 0)
8441                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8442                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8443                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8444             editor->Show( true, attr );
8445
8446             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8447             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8448             CalcDimensions();
8449
8450             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8451             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8452
8453             editor->DecRef();
8454             attr->DecRef();
8455         }
8456     }
8457 }
8458
8459 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8460 {
8461     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8462     {
8463         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8464         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8465
8466         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8467         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8468         editor->Show( false );
8469         editor->DecRef();
8470         attr->DecRef();
8471
8472         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8473
8474         // refresh whole row to the right
8475         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8476         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8477         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8478
8479 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8480         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8481         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8482 #endif
8483
8484         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8485     }
8486 }
8487
8488 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8489 {
8490     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8491     {
8492         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8493         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8494
8495         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8496
8497         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8498         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8499         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8500
8501         editor->DecRef();
8502         attr->DecRef();
8503
8504         if (changed)
8505         {
8506             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8507                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8508                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8509             {
8510                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8511                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8512             }
8513         }
8514     }
8515 }
8516
8517 //
8518 // ------ Grid location functions
8519 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8520 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8521 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8522 //
8523
8524 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8525 {
8526     int row = YToRow(y);
8527     int col = XToCol(x);
8528
8529     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8530     {
8531         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8532     }
8533     else
8534     {
8535         coords.Set( row, col );
8536     }
8537 }
8538
8539 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8540 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8541 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8542 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8543
8544 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8545                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8546                            bool clipToMinMax)
8547 {
8548     if (coord < 0)
8549         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8550
8551     if (!defaultDist)
8552         defaultDist = 1;
8553
8554     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8555            i_min = 0;
8556
8557     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8558     {
8559         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8560             return i_max;
8561         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8562     }
8563
8564     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8565     {
8566         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8567     }
8568     else
8569     {
8570         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8571         {
8572             i_min = i_max;
8573             if (minDist)
8574                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8575             else
8576                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8577         }
8578
8579         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8580             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8581     }
8582
8583     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8584         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8585     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8586         return 0;
8587
8588     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8589     {
8590         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8591                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8592         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8593             return i_max;
8594         else
8595             i_max--;
8596         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8597         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8598             i_max = median;
8599         else
8600             i_min = median;
8601     }
8602
8603     return i_max;
8604 }
8605
8606 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8607 {
8608     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8609                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8610 }
8611
8612 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8613 {
8614     if (x < 0)
8615         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8616
8617     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8618
8619     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8620     int minPos = 0;
8621
8622     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8623     {
8624         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8625             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8626         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8627     }
8628
8629     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8630         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8631     else
8632     {
8633         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8634         {
8635             minPos = maxPos;
8636             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8637                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8638             else
8639                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8640         }
8641         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8642             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8643     }
8644
8645     //X is beyond the last column
8646     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8647         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8648
8649     //X is before the first column
8650     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8651         return GetColAt( 0 );
8652
8653     //Perform a binary search
8654     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8655     {
8656         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8657                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8658
8659         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8660             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8661         else
8662             maxPos--;
8663         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8664         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8665             maxPos = median;
8666         else
8667             minPos = median;
8668     }
8669     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8670 }
8671
8672 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8673 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8674 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8675 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8676 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8677 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8678 //        near the edge).
8679 //   and
8680 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8681 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8682 //
8683 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8684 {
8685     int i;
8686     i = internalYToRow(y);
8687
8688     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8689     {
8690         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8691         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8692         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8693             return i;
8694         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8695             return i - 1;
8696     }
8697
8698     return -1;
8699 }
8700
8701 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8702 // -1 if not near an edge
8703 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8704 //
8705 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8706 {
8707     int i;
8708     i = internalXToCol(x);
8709
8710     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8711     {
8712         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8713         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8714         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8715             return i;
8716         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8717             return i - 1;
8718     }
8719
8720     return -1;
8721 }
8722
8723 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8724 {
8725     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8726
8727     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8728          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8729     {
8730         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8731         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8732         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8733         // if negative then find multicell owner
8734         if (cell_rows < 0)
8735             row += cell_rows;
8736         if (cell_cols < 0)
8737              col += cell_cols;
8738         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8739
8740         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8741         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8742         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8743             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8744         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8745             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8746     }
8747
8748     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8749     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8750     {
8751         rect.width -= 1;
8752         rect.height -= 1;
8753     }
8754
8755     return rect;
8756 }
8757
8758 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8759 {
8760     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8761     //
8762     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8763
8764     // convert to device coords
8765     //
8766     int left, top, right, bottom;
8767     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8768     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8769
8770     // check against the client area of the grid window
8771     int cw, ch;
8772     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8773
8774     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8775     {
8776         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8777         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8778                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8779     }
8780     else
8781     {
8782         // is the cell partly visible ?
8783         //
8784         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8785                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8786     }
8787 }
8788
8789 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8790 // of scrolling
8791 //
8792 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8793 {
8794     int i;
8795     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8796
8797     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8798          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8799     {
8800         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8801         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8802
8803         // convert to device coords
8804         int left, top, right, bottom;
8805         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8806         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8807
8808         int cw, ch;
8809         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8810
8811         if ( top < 0 )
8812         {
8813             ypos = r.GetTop();
8814         }
8815         else if ( bottom > ch )
8816         {
8817             int h = r.GetHeight();
8818             ypos = r.GetTop();
8819             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8820             {
8821                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8822                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8823                     break;
8824
8825                 h += rowHeight;
8826                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8827             }
8828
8829             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8830             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8831             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8832             //
8833             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8834             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8835             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8836         }
8837
8838         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8839         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8840         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8841 //      if ( left < 0 )
8842         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8843         {
8844             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8845         }
8846         else if ( right > cw )
8847         {
8848             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8849             int x0, y0;
8850             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8851             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8852
8853             // see comment for ypos above
8854             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8855         }
8856
8857         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8858         {
8859             if ( xpos != -1 )
8860                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8861             if ( ypos != -1 )
8862                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8863             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8864             AdjustScrollbars();
8865         }
8866     }
8867 }
8868
8869 //
8870 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8871 //
8872
8873 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8874 {
8875     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8876          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8877     {
8878         if ( expandSelection )
8879         {
8880             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8881                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8882             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8883             {
8884                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8885                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8886                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8887                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8888             }
8889         }
8890         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8891         {
8892             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8893             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8894             ClearSelection();
8895             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8896             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8897         }
8898         else
8899             return false;
8900
8901         return true;
8902     }
8903
8904     return false;
8905 }
8906
8907 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8908 {
8909     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8910          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8911     {
8912         if ( expandSelection )
8913         {
8914             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8915                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8916             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8917             {
8918                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8919                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8920                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8921                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8922             }
8923         }
8924         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8925         {
8926             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8927             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8928             ClearSelection();
8929             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8930             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8931         }
8932         else
8933             return false;
8934
8935         return true;
8936     }
8937
8938     return false;
8939 }
8940
8941 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8942 {
8943     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8944          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8945     {
8946         if ( expandSelection )
8947         {
8948             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8949                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8950             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8951             {
8952                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8953                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8954                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8955                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8956             }
8957         }
8958         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8959         {
8960             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8961             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8962             ClearSelection();
8963
8964             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8965             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8966         }
8967         else
8968             return false;
8969
8970         return true;
8971     }
8972
8973     return false;
8974 }
8975
8976 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8977 {
8978     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8979          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8980     {
8981         if ( expandSelection )
8982         {
8983             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8984                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8985             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8986             {
8987                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8988                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8989                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8990                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8991             }
8992         }
8993         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8994         {
8995             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8996             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8997             ClearSelection();
8998
8999             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9000             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9001         }
9002         else
9003             return false;
9004
9005         return true;
9006     }
9007
9008     return false;
9009 }
9010
9011 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9012 {
9013     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9014         return false;
9015
9016     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9017     if ( row > 0 )
9018     {
9019         int cw, ch;
9020         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9021
9022         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9023         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9024
9025         if ( newRow == row )
9026         {
9027             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9028             newRow = row - 1;
9029         }
9030
9031         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9032         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9033
9034         return true;
9035     }
9036
9037     return false;
9038 }
9039
9040 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9041 {
9042     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9043         return false;
9044
9045     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9046     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9047     {
9048         int cw, ch;
9049         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9050
9051         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9052         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9053         if ( newRow == row )
9054         {
9055             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9056             newRow = row + 1;
9057         }
9058
9059         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9060         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9061
9062         return true;
9063     }
9064
9065     return false;
9066 }
9067
9068 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9069 {
9070     if ( m_table &&
9071          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9072          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9073     {
9074         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9075         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9076
9077         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9078         {
9079             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9080             // non-empty cells
9081             //
9082             while ( row > 0 )
9083             {
9084                 row--;
9085                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9086                     break;
9087             }
9088         }
9089         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9090         {
9091             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9092             //
9093             row--;
9094             while ( row > 0 )
9095             {
9096                 row--;
9097                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9098                     break;
9099             }
9100         }
9101         else
9102         {
9103             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9104             //
9105             while ( row > 0 )
9106             {
9107                 row--;
9108                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9109                 {
9110                     row++;
9111                     break;
9112                 }
9113             }
9114         }
9115
9116         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9117         if ( expandSelection )
9118         {
9119             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9120             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9121         }
9122         else
9123         {
9124             ClearSelection();
9125             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9126         }
9127
9128         return true;
9129     }
9130
9131     return false;
9132 }
9133
9134 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9135 {
9136     if ( m_table &&
9137          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9138          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9139     {
9140         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9141         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9142
9143         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9144         {
9145             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9146             // non-empty cells
9147             //
9148             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9149             {
9150                 row++;
9151                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9152                     break;
9153             }
9154         }
9155         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9156         {
9157             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9158             //
9159             row++;
9160             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9161             {
9162                 row++;
9163                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9164                     break;
9165             }
9166         }
9167         else
9168         {
9169             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9170             //
9171             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9172             {
9173                 row++;
9174                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9175                 {
9176                     row--;
9177                     break;
9178                 }
9179             }
9180         }
9181
9182         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9183         if ( expandSelection )
9184         {
9185             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9186             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9187         }
9188         else
9189         {
9190             ClearSelection();
9191             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9192         }
9193
9194         return true;
9195     }
9196
9197     return false;
9198 }
9199
9200 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9201 {
9202     if ( m_table &&
9203          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9204          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9205     {
9206         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9207         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9208
9209         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9210         {
9211             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9212             // non-empty cells
9213             //
9214             while ( col > 0 )
9215             {
9216                 col--;
9217                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9218                     break;
9219             }
9220         }
9221         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9222         {
9223             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9224             //
9225             col--;
9226             while ( col > 0 )
9227             {
9228                 col--;
9229                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9230                     break;
9231             }
9232         }
9233         else
9234         {
9235             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9236             //
9237             while ( col > 0 )
9238             {
9239                 col--;
9240                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9241                 {
9242                     col++;
9243                     break;
9244                 }
9245             }
9246         }
9247
9248         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9249         if ( expandSelection )
9250         {
9251             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9252             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9253         }
9254         else
9255         {
9256             ClearSelection();
9257             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9258         }
9259
9260         return true;
9261     }
9262
9263     return false;
9264 }
9265
9266 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9267 {
9268     if ( m_table &&
9269          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9270          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9271     {
9272         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9273         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9274
9275         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9276         {
9277             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9278             // non-empty cells
9279             //
9280             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9281             {
9282                 col++;
9283                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9284                     break;
9285             }
9286         }
9287         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9288         {
9289             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9290             //
9291             col++;
9292             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9293             {
9294                 col++;
9295                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9296                     break;
9297             }
9298         }
9299         else
9300         {
9301             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9302             //
9303             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9304             {
9305                 col++;
9306                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9307                 {
9308                     col--;
9309                     break;
9310                 }
9311             }
9312         }
9313
9314         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9315         if ( expandSelection )
9316         {
9317             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9318             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9319         }
9320         else
9321         {
9322             ClearSelection();
9323             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9324         }
9325
9326         return true;
9327     }
9328
9329     return false;
9330 }
9331
9332 //
9333 // ------ Label values and formatting
9334 //
9335
9336 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9337 {
9338     if ( horiz )
9339         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9340     if ( vert )
9341         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9342 }
9343
9344 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9345 {
9346     if ( horiz )
9347         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9348     if ( vert )
9349         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9350 }
9351
9352 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9353 {
9354     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9355 }
9356
9357 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9358 {
9359     if ( m_table )
9360     {
9361         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9362     }
9363     else
9364     {
9365         wxString s;
9366         s << row;
9367         return s;
9368     }
9369 }
9370
9371 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9372 {
9373     if ( m_table )
9374     {
9375         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9376     }
9377     else
9378     {
9379         wxString s;
9380         s << col;
9381         return s;
9382     }
9383 }
9384
9385 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9386 {
9387     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9388
9389     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9390     {
9391         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9392     }
9393
9394     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9395     {
9396         if ( width == 0 )
9397         {
9398             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9399             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9400         }
9401         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9402         {
9403             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9404             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9405                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9406         }
9407
9408         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9409         CalcWindowSizes();
9410         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9411     }
9412 }
9413
9414 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9415 {
9416     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9417
9418     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9419     {
9420         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9421     }
9422
9423     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9424     {
9425         if ( height == 0 )
9426         {
9427             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9428             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9429         }
9430         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9431         {
9432             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9433             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9434                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9435         }
9436
9437         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9438         CalcWindowSizes();
9439         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9440     }
9441 }
9442
9443 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9444 {
9445     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9446     {
9447         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9448         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9449         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9450         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9451
9452         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9453         {
9454             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9455             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9456             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9457         }
9458     }
9459 }
9460
9461 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9462 {
9463     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9464     {
9465         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9466         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9467         {
9468             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9469             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9470         }
9471     }
9472 }
9473
9474 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9475 {
9476     m_labelFont = font;
9477     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9478     {
9479         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9480         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9481     }
9482 }
9483
9484 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9485 {
9486     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9487     switch ( horiz )
9488     {
9489         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9490         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9491         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9492     }
9493
9494     switch ( vert )
9495     {
9496         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9497         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9498         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9499     }
9500
9501     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9502     {
9503         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9504     }
9505
9506     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9507     {
9508         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9509     }
9510
9511     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9512     {
9513         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9514     }
9515 }
9516
9517 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9518 {
9519     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9520     switch ( horiz )
9521     {
9522         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9523         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9524         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9525     }
9526
9527     switch ( vert )
9528     {
9529         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9530         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9531         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9532     }
9533
9534     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9535     {
9536         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9537     }
9538
9539     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9540     {
9541         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9542     }
9543
9544     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9545     {
9546         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9547     }
9548 }
9549
9550 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9551 //       does not support vertical printing
9552 //
9553 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9554 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9555 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9556 //
9557 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9558 {
9559     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9560         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9561
9562     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9563         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9564 }
9565
9566 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9567 {
9568     if ( m_table )
9569     {
9570         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9571         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9572         {
9573             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9574             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9575             {
9576                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9577                 rect.x = 0;
9578                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9579                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9580             }
9581         }
9582     }
9583 }
9584
9585 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9586 {
9587     if ( m_table )
9588     {
9589         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9590         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9591         {
9592             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9593             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9594             {
9595                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9596                 rect.y = 0;
9597                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9598                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9599             }
9600         }
9601     }
9602 }
9603
9604 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9605 {
9606     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9607     {
9608         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9609
9610         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9611         PrepareDC( dc );
9612         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9613     }
9614 }
9615
9616 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9617 {
9618     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9619     {
9620         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9621
9622         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9623         PrepareDC( dc );
9624         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9625         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9626         attr->DecRef();
9627     }
9628 }
9629
9630 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9631 {
9632     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9633     {
9634         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9635
9636         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9637         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9638         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9639         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9640         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9641             return;
9642
9643         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9644         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9645     }
9646 }
9647
9648 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9649 {
9650     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9651     {
9652         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9653
9654         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9655         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9656         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9657         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9658         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9659             return;
9660
9661         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9662         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9663     }
9664 }
9665
9666 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9667 {
9668     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9669     {
9670         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9671
9672         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9673         {
9674             if ( enable )
9675             {
9676                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9677                 PrepareDC( dc );
9678                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9679             }
9680             else
9681             {
9682                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9683             }
9684         }
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9689 {
9690     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9691 }
9692
9693 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9694 {
9695     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9696
9697     return GetRowHeight(row);
9698 }
9699
9700 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9701 {
9702     return m_defaultColWidth;
9703 }
9704
9705 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9706 {
9707     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9708
9709     return GetColWidth(col);
9710 }
9711
9712 // ============================================================================
9713 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9714 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9715 // ============================================================================
9716
9717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 // setting default attributes
9719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9720
9721 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9722 {
9723     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9724 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9725     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9726 #endif
9727 }
9728
9729 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9730 {
9731     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9732 }
9733
9734 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9735 {
9736     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9737 }
9738
9739 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9740 {
9741     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9742 }
9743
9744 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9745 {
9746     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9747 }
9748
9749 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9750 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9751 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9752 // work correctly.
9753
9754 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9755 {
9756     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9757                      renderer,
9758                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9759 }
9760
9761 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9762 {
9763     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9764                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9765                      editor);
9766 }
9767
9768 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9769 // access to the default attributes
9770 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9771
9772 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9773 {
9774     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9775 }
9776
9777 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9778 {
9779     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9780 }
9781
9782 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9783 {
9784     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9785 }
9786
9787 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9788 {
9789     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9790 }
9791
9792 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9793 {
9794     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9795 }
9796
9797 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9798 {
9799     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9800 }
9801
9802 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9803 {
9804     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9805 }
9806
9807 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9808 // access to cell attributes
9809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9810
9811 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9812 {
9813     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9814     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9815     attr->DecRef();
9816
9817     return colour;
9818 }
9819
9820 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9821 {
9822     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9823     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9824     attr->DecRef();
9825
9826     return colour;
9827 }
9828
9829 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9830 {
9831     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9832     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9833     attr->DecRef();
9834
9835     return font;
9836 }
9837
9838 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9839 {
9840     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9841     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9842     attr->DecRef();
9843 }
9844
9845 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9846 {
9847     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9848     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9849     attr->DecRef();
9850
9851     return allow;
9852 }
9853
9854 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9855 {
9856     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9857     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9858     attr->DecRef();
9859 }
9860
9861 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866
9867     return renderer;
9868 }
9869
9870 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return editor;
9877 }
9878
9879 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9880 {
9881     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9882     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9883     attr->DecRef();
9884
9885     return isReadOnly;
9886 }
9887
9888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9889 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9891
9892 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9893 {
9894     if ( !m_table )
9895     {
9896         return false;
9897     }
9898
9899     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9900 }
9901
9902 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9903 {
9904     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9905     {
9906         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9907         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9908         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9909     }
9910 }
9911
9912 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9913 {
9914     if ( attr != NULL )
9915     {
9916         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9917
9918         self->ClearAttrCache();
9919         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9920         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9921         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9922         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9923     }
9924 }
9925
9926 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9927 {
9928     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9929     {
9930         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9931         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9932
9933 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9934         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9935 #endif
9936
9937         return true;
9938     }
9939     else
9940     {
9941 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9942         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9943 #endif
9944
9945         return false;
9946     }
9947 }
9948
9949 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9950 {
9951     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9952     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9953     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9954     if ( row >= 0 )
9955     {
9956         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9957         {
9958             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9959                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9960             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9961         }
9962     }
9963
9964     if (attr)
9965     {
9966         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9967     }
9968     else
9969     {
9970         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9971         attr->IncRef();
9972     }
9973
9974     return attr;
9975 }
9976
9977 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9978 {
9979     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9980     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9981
9982     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9983     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9984
9985     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9986     if ( !attr )
9987     {
9988         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9989
9990         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9991         attr->IncRef();
9992         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9993     }
9994
9995     return attr;
9996 }
9997
9998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9999 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10000 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10001
10002 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10003 {
10004     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10005 }
10006
10007 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10008 {
10009     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10010 }
10011
10012 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10013 {
10014     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10015     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10016     {
10017         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10018     }
10019
10020     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10021 }
10022
10023 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10024 {
10025     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10026     if (!attr)
10027         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10028     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10029     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10030
10031     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10032
10033 }
10034
10035 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10036 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10037 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10040 {
10041     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10042     {
10043         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10044         ClearAttrCache();
10045     }
10046     else
10047     {
10048         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10049     }
10050 }
10051
10052 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10053 {
10054     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10055     {
10056         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10057         ClearAttrCache();
10058     }
10059     else
10060     {
10061         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10062     }
10063 }
10064
10065 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10066 {
10067     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10068     {
10069         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10070         ClearAttrCache();
10071     }
10072     else
10073     {
10074         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10075     }
10076 }
10077
10078 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10079 {
10080     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10081     {
10082         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10083         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10084         attr->DecRef();
10085     }
10086 }
10087
10088 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10089 {
10090     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10091     {
10092         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10093         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10094         attr->DecRef();
10095     }
10096 }
10097
10098 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10099 {
10100     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10101     {
10102         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10103         attr->SetFont(font);
10104         attr->DecRef();
10105     }
10106 }
10107
10108 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10109 {
10110     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10111     {
10112         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10113         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10114         attr->DecRef();
10115     }
10116 }
10117
10118 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10119 {
10120     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10121     {
10122         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10123         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10124         attr->DecRef();
10125     }
10126 }
10127
10128 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10129 {
10130     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10131     {
10132         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10133
10134         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10135         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10136         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10137         attr->DecRef();
10138
10139         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10140         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10141         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10142         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10143         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10144                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10145         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10146                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10147
10148         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10149         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10150         {
10151             int i, j;
10152             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10153             {
10154                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10155                 {
10156                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10157                     {
10158                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10159                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10160                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10161                     }
10162                 }
10163             }
10164         }
10165
10166         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10167         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10168         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10169         {
10170             int i, j;
10171             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10172             {
10173                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10174                 {
10175                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10176                     {
10177                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10178                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10179                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10180                     }
10181                 }
10182             }
10183         }
10184     }
10185 }
10186
10187 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10188 {
10189     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10190     {
10191         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10192         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10193         attr->DecRef();
10194     }
10195 }
10196
10197 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10198 {
10199     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10200     {
10201         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10202         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10203         attr->DecRef();
10204     }
10205 }
10206
10207 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10208 {
10209     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10210     {
10211         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10212         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10213         attr->DecRef();
10214     }
10215 }
10216
10217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10218 // Data type registration
10219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10220
10221 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10222                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10223                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10224 {
10225     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10226 }
10227
10228
10229 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10230 {
10231     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10232     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10233 }
10234
10235 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10236 {
10237     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10238     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10239 }
10240
10241 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10242 {
10243     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10244     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10245     {
10246         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10247
10248         return NULL;
10249     }
10250
10251     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10252 }
10253
10254 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10255 {
10256     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10257     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10258     {
10259         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10260
10261         return NULL;
10262     }
10263
10264     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10265 }
10266
10267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10268 // row/col size
10269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10270
10271 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10272 {
10273     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10274 }
10275
10276 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10277 {
10278     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10279 }
10280
10281 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10282 {
10283     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10284 }
10285
10286 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10287 {
10288     m_canDragCell = enable;
10289 }
10290
10291 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10292 {
10293     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10294
10295     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10296     {
10297         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10298         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10299         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10300         // some speed optimisations)
10301         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10302         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10303         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10304             CalcDimensions();
10305     }
10306 }
10307
10308 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10309 {
10310     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10311
10312     // See comment in SetColSize
10313     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10314         return;
10315
10316     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10317     {
10318         // need to really create the array
10319         InitRowHeights();
10320     }
10321
10322     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10323     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10324
10325     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10326     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10327     {
10328         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10329     }
10330
10331     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10332         CalcDimensions();
10333 }
10334
10335 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10336 {
10337     // we dont allow zero default column width
10338     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10339
10340     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10341     {
10342         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10343         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10344         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10345         // some speed optimisations)
10346         m_colWidths.Empty();
10347         m_colRights.Empty();
10348         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10349             CalcDimensions();
10350     }
10351 }
10352
10353 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10354 {
10355     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10356
10357     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10358     //                                                                 (VZ)
10359     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10360     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10361     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10362     //
10363     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10364
10365     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10366         return;
10367
10368     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10369     {
10370         // need to really create the array
10371         InitColWidths();
10372     }
10373
10374     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10375     if ( width < 0 )
10376     {
10377         long w, h;
10378         wxArrayString lines;
10379         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10380         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10381         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10382         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10383         width = w + 6;
10384     }
10385
10386     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10387     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10388     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10389
10390     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10391     {
10392         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10393     }
10394
10395     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10396         CalcDimensions();
10397 }
10398
10399 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10400 {
10401     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10402     {
10403         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10404         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10405     }
10406 }
10407
10408 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10409 {
10410     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10411     {
10412         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10413         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10414     }
10415 }
10416
10417 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10418 {
10419     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10420     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10421
10422     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10423 }
10424
10425 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10426 {
10427     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10428     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10429
10430     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10431 }
10432
10433 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10434 {
10435     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10436     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10437     if ( width >= 0 )
10438         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10439 }
10440
10441 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10442 {
10443     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10444     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10445     if ( height >= 0 )
10446         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10447 }
10448
10449 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10450 {
10451     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10452 }
10453
10454 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10455 {
10456     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10457 }
10458
10459 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10460 // auto sizing
10461 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10462
10463 void
10464 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10465 {
10466     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10467
10468     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10469
10470     // cancel editing of cell
10471     HideCellEditControl();
10472     SaveEditControlValue();
10473
10474     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10475     int row = -1,
10476         col = -1;
10477     if ( column )
10478         col = colOrRow;
10479     else
10480         row = colOrRow;
10481
10482     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10483     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10484     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10485     {
10486         if ( column )
10487             row = rowOrCol;
10488         else
10489             col = rowOrCol;
10490
10491         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10492         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10493         if ( renderer )
10494         {
10495             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10496             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10497             if ( extent > extentMax )
10498                 extentMax = extent;
10499
10500             renderer->DecRef();
10501         }
10502
10503         attr->DecRef();
10504     }
10505
10506     // now also compare with the column label extent
10507     wxCoord w, h;
10508     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10509
10510     if ( column )
10511     {
10512         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10513         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10514             w = h;
10515     }
10516     else
10517         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10518
10519     extent = column ? w : h;
10520     if ( extent > extentMax )
10521         extentMax = extent;
10522
10523     if ( !extentMax )
10524     {
10525         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10526         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10527         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10528     }
10529     else
10530     {
10531         if ( column )
10532             // leave some space around text
10533             extentMax += 10;
10534         else
10535             extentMax += 6;
10536     }
10537
10538     if ( column )
10539     {
10540         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10541         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10542         {
10543             int cw, ch, dummy;
10544             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10545             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10546             rect.y = 0;
10547             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10548             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10549             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10550             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10551         }
10552     }
10553     else
10554     {
10555         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10556         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10557         {
10558             int cw, ch, dummy;
10559             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10560             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10561             rect.x = 0;
10562             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10563             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10564             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10565             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10566         }
10567     }
10568
10569     if ( setAsMin )
10570     {
10571         if ( column )
10572             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10573         else
10574             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10575     }
10576 }
10577
10578 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10579 {
10580     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10581     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10582
10583     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10584                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10585     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10586
10587     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10588     //
10589     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10590     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10591     const bool
10592         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10593
10594     wxArrayString lines;
10595     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10596
10597     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10598     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10599     {
10600         lines.Clear();
10601
10602         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10603                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10604         StringToLines(label, lines);
10605
10606         long w, h;
10607         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10608
10609         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10610         if ( extent > extentMax )
10611             extentMax = extent;
10612     }
10613
10614     if ( !extentMax )
10615     {
10616         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10617         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10618         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10619                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10620     }
10621
10622     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10623     if ( calcRows )
10624         extentMax += 10;
10625     else
10626         extentMax += 6;
10627
10628     return extentMax;
10629 }
10630
10631 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10632 {
10633     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10634
10635     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10636     if(!calcOnly)
10637         locker.Create(this);
10638
10639     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10640     {
10641         if ( !calcOnly )
10642             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10643
10644         width += GetColWidth(col);
10645     }
10646
10647     return width;
10648 }
10649
10650 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10651 {
10652     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10653
10654     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10655     if(!calcOnly)
10656         locker.Create(this);
10657
10658     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10659     {
10660         if ( !calcOnly )
10661             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10662
10663         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10664     }
10665
10666     return height;
10667 }
10668
10669 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10670 {
10671     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10672
10673     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10674     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10675     // exactly to fit our contents
10676     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10677                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10678     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10679                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10680
10681     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10682     // extra white space
10683     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10684     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10685     {
10686         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10687         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10688         if ( diffPerCol )
10689         {
10690             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10691             {
10692                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10693             }
10694         }
10695
10696         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10697         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10698         if ( diff )
10699         {
10700             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10701             {
10702                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10703             }
10704         }
10705     }
10706
10707     // same for rows
10708     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10709     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10710     {
10711         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10712         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10713         if ( diffPerRow )
10714         {
10715             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10716             {
10717                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10718             }
10719         }
10720
10721         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10722         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10723         if ( diff )
10724         {
10725             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10726             {
10727                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10728             }
10729         }
10730     }
10731
10732     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10733     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10734     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10735     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10736     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10737 }
10738
10739 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10740 {
10741     wxArrayString lines;
10742     long w, h;
10743
10744     // Hide the edit control, so it
10745     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10746     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10747     {
10748         HideCellEditControl();
10749         SaveEditControlValue();
10750     }
10751
10752     // autosize row height depending on label text
10753     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10754     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10755     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10756     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10757         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10758     SetRowSize(row, h);
10759     ForceRefresh();
10760 }
10761
10762 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10763 {
10764     wxArrayString lines;
10765     long w, h;
10766
10767     // Hide the edit control, so it
10768     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10769     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10770     {
10771         HideCellEditControl();
10772         SaveEditControlValue();
10773     }
10774
10775     // autosize column width depending on label text
10776     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10777     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10778     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10779         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10780     else
10781         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10782     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10783         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10784     SetColSize(col, w);
10785     ForceRefresh();
10786 }
10787
10788 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10789 {
10790     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10791
10792     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10793     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10794     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10795                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10796     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10797                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10798
10799     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10800     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10801     // calculation.
10802     // CacheBestSize(size);
10803
10804     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10805             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10806 }
10807
10808 void wxGrid::Fit()
10809 {
10810     AutoSize();
10811 }
10812
10813 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10814 {
10815     return wxNullPen;
10816 }
10817
10818 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10819 // cell value accessor functions
10820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10821
10822 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10823 {
10824     if ( m_table )
10825     {
10826         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10827         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10828         {
10829             int dummy;
10830             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10831             rect.x = 0;
10832             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10833             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10834             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10835         }
10836
10837         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10838              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10839              IsCellEditControlShown())
10840              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10841              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10842              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10843         {
10844             HideCellEditControl();
10845             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10846         }
10847     }
10848 }
10849
10850 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10851 // block, row and column selection
10852 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10853
10854 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10855 {
10856     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10857         ClearSelection();
10858
10859     if ( m_selection )
10860         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10861 }
10862
10863 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10864 {
10865     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10866         ClearSelection();
10867
10868     if ( m_selection )
10869         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10870 }
10871
10872 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10873                           bool addToSelected )
10874 {
10875     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10876         ClearSelection();
10877
10878     if ( m_selection )
10879         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10880                                   false, addToSelected );
10881 }
10882
10883 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10884 {
10885     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10886     {
10887         if ( m_selection )
10888             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10889     }
10890 }
10891
10892 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10893 // cell, row and col deselection
10894 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10895
10896 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10897 {
10898     if ( !m_selection )
10899         return;
10900
10901     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10902     {
10903         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10904             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10905     }
10906     else
10907     {
10908         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10909         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10910         {
10911             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10912                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10913         }
10914     }
10915 }
10916
10917 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10918 {
10919     if ( !m_selection )
10920         return;
10921
10922     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10923     {
10924         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10925             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10926     }
10927     else
10928     {
10929         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10930         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10931         {
10932             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10933                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10934         }
10935     }
10936 }
10937
10938 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10939 {
10940     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10941         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10942 }
10943
10944 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10945 {
10946     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10947              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10948                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10949 }
10950
10951 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10952 {
10953     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10954              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10955                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10956                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10957                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10958 }
10959
10960 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10961 {
10962     if (!m_selection)
10963     {
10964         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10965         return a;
10966     }
10967
10968     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10969 }
10970
10971 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10972 {
10973     if (!m_selection)
10974     {
10975         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10976         return a;
10977     }
10978
10979     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10980 }
10981
10982 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10983 {
10984     if (!m_selection)
10985     {
10986         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10987         return a;
10988     }
10989
10990     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10991 }
10992
10993 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10994 {
10995     if (!m_selection)
10996     {
10997         wxArrayInt a;
10998         return a;
10999     }
11000
11001     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11002 }
11003
11004 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11005 {
11006     if (!m_selection)
11007     {
11008         wxArrayInt a;
11009         return a;
11010     }
11011
11012     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11013 }
11014
11015 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11016 {
11017     m_selectingTopLeft =
11018     m_selectingBottomRight =
11019     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11020     if ( m_selection )
11021         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11022 }
11023
11024 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11025 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11026 //
11027 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11028                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11029 {
11030     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11031     wxRect cellRect;
11032
11033     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11034     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11035     {
11036         rect = cellRect;
11037     }
11038     else
11039     {
11040         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11041     }
11042
11043     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11044     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11045     {
11046         rect += cellRect;
11047     }
11048     else
11049     {
11050         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11051     }
11052
11053     int i, j;
11054     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11055     int top = rect.GetTop();
11056     int right = rect.GetRight();
11057     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11058
11059     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11060     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11061     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11062     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11063
11064     if (left > right)
11065     {
11066         i = left;
11067         left = right;
11068         right = i;
11069         i = leftCol;
11070         leftCol = rightCol;
11071         rightCol = i;
11072     }
11073
11074     if (top > bottom)
11075     {
11076         i = top;
11077         top = bottom;
11078         bottom = i;
11079         i = topRow;
11080         topRow = bottomRow;
11081         bottomRow = i;
11082     }
11083
11084     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11085     {
11086         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11087         {
11088             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11089             {
11090                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11091
11092                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11093                     left = cellRect.x;
11094                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11095                     top = cellRect.y;
11096                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11097                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11098                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11099                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11100             }
11101             else
11102             {
11103                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11104             }
11105         }
11106     }
11107
11108     // convert to scrolled coords
11109     //
11110     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11111     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11112
11113     int cw, ch;
11114     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11115
11116     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11117         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11118
11119     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11120     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11121     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11122     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11123
11124     return rect;
11125 }
11126
11127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11128 // grid event classes
11129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11130
11131 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11132
11133 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11134                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11135                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11136         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11137 {
11138     m_row = row;
11139     m_col = col;
11140     m_x = x;
11141     m_y = y;
11142     m_selecting = sel;
11143     m_control = control;
11144     m_shift = shift;
11145     m_alt = alt;
11146     m_meta = meta;
11147
11148     SetEventObject(obj);
11149 }
11150
11151
11152 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11153
11154 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11155                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11156                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11157         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11158 {
11159     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11160     m_x = x;
11161     m_y = y;
11162     m_control = control;
11163     m_shift = shift;
11164     m_alt = alt;
11165     m_meta = meta;
11166
11167     SetEventObject(obj);
11168 }
11169
11170
11171 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11172
11173 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11174                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11175                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11176                                                bool sel, bool control,
11177                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11178         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11179 {
11180     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11181     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11182     m_selecting = sel;
11183     m_control = control;
11184     m_shift = shift;
11185     m_alt = alt;
11186     m_meta = meta;
11187
11188     SetEventObject(obj);
11189 }
11190
11191
11192 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11193
11194 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11195                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11196                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11197     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11198 {
11199     SetEventObject(obj);
11200     m_row = row;
11201     m_col = col;
11202     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11203 }
11204
11205 #endif // wxUSE_GRID